hydraulika herion sytemtechnik norgern

1

HERION Systemtechnik Gmbh Proportional Directional Control Valves Size 6 Direct controlled, electrically adjustable Interface to DIN 24 340 and ISO 4401 PN [pmax.] = 315 bar

7500455.06.02.06 Throttle Check Valves Size 8, 10, 12, 16, 20 and 25 For inline and switchboards installation PN [pmax.] = 350 bar

7500718.06.01.06 2-way flow control valves NG 6 with jump start suppression Interface to DIN 24 340 and ISO PN [pmax.] = 315 bar

7500990.06.02.06 2-Way Flow Control Valves Size 10 Interface to DIN 24 340 and ISO PN [pmax.] = 315 bar

7500994.06.02.06 Proportional Pressure Relief Valves Nominal size 6 Directly controlled Interface to DIN 24 340 and ISO PN [pmax.] = 315 bar

7501247.06.02.06 Proportional Pressure Relief Valves Nominal sizes 10 and 25 Indirectly controlled Interface to DIN 24 340 and ISO 6264 PN [pmax.] = 315 bar

7501248.06.01.06 3-Way Proportional Pressure Reducing Valves Nominal size 10 Indirectly controlled HERION interface PN [pmax.] = 315 bar

7501249.06.03.06 Directional control valves DN 6 (NG 6) Directly actuated Interface to DIN 24 340 and ISO 4401 PN [pmax.] = 315 bar

7501292.06.03.05 Directional Control Valves Size 6 direct controlled Port size G 3/8 PN [pmax.] = 315 bar

7501293.06.02.06

2

Directional control valves Size 6 direct controlled, with inductive switching position monitoring, inductive limit swith Interface to DIN 24 340 and ISO 4401 PN [pmax.] = 315 bar

7501294.06.03.05 Directional control valves DN 10 (NG 10) Directly actuated Interface to DIN 24 340 and ISO 4401 PN [pmax.] = 315 bar

7501296.06.08.05 Directional control valves DN 10 (NG 10) Directly actuated with switching position monitoring Interface to DIN 24 340 and ISO 4401

7501297.06.08.05 Pressure relief valves Size 6 direct controlled Interface to DIN 24 340 and ISO 6264 PN [pmax.] = 350 bar

7501400.06.01.06 Pressure Relief Valves NG 10, 25 and 32 indirectly-controlled, interface to DIN 24 340 and ISO 6264 Sequence Valves NG 10, 25 and 32 indirectly-controlled, interface of pressure relief valve to DIN 24 340 and ISO 6264 PN [pmax.] = 315 bar

7501401.06.01.06 Pressure Relief Valves NG 10, 25 and 32 indirectly-controlled, interface to DIN 24 340 and ISO 6264 Sequence Valves NG 10, 25 and 32 indirectly-controlled, interface of pressure relief valve to DIN 24 340 and ISO 6264 PN [pmax.] = 315 bar

7501401.06.01.06 Pressure Relief Valves Size 10 and 25 with solenoid-actuated relief, oilot operated Interface to DIN 24 340 and ISO 6264 PN [pmax.] = 315 bar

7501402.06.01.06 Pressure Relief Valves Size 10 and 25 with solenoid-actuated relief, oilot operated Interface to DIN 24 340 and ISO 6264 PN [pmax.] = 315 bar

7501402.06.01.06 Accumulator safety valves Size 6 and 10 Directly-controlled with TÜV type approval according to DGR 97/23/EG, cartridge-type PN [pmax.] = 10 to 350 bar

7501406.06.01.06 Accumulator safety valves Size 6 and 10 Directly-controlled with TÜV type approval according to DGR 97/23/EG, cartridge-type PN [pmax.] = 10 to 350 bar

7501406.06.01.06 2-way pressure reducing valve NG 10, 25 and 32 indirectly-controlled Interface to DIN 24 340 and ISO PN [pmax.] = 315 bar

7501407.06.01.06

3

2-way pressure reducing valve NG 10, 25 and 32 indirectly-controlled Interface to DIN 24 340 and ISO PN [pmax.] = 315 bar

7501407.06.01.06 3-way pressure reducing valves Size 10 Indirectly controlled HERION port dimensions PN [pmax.] = 315 bar

7501409.06.02.06 Pressure relief valves Size 10 direct operated interface to DIN 24 340 and ISO 6264 PN [pmax.] = 315 bar

7501410.06.02.06 2-Way Flow Control Valves Nominal sizes 6 and 10 as intermediate device for directional control valves NG 6 and 10 Interface to DIN 24 340 and ISO 4401 PN [pmax.] = 315 bar

7501416.06.05.06 2-Way Flow Control Valves Nominal sizes 6 and 10 as intermediate device for directional control valves NG 6 and 10 Interface to DIN 24 340 and ISO 4401 PN [pmax.] = 315 bar

7501416.06.05.06 Survey Pressure valves

7501427.06.01.07 Survey Directional control valves

7501428.06.02.07 Survey 2-way-flow control valves

7501430.06.02.07 Proportional Pressure Relief Valves Sizes 6 and 10 Poppet valve, direct actuated, with damping Interface to DIN 24 340 and ISO 4401 PN [pmax.] = 315 bar

7501489.06.01.06 Proportional Pressure Relief Valves Sizes 6 and 10 Poppet valve, direct actuated, with damping Interface to DIN 24 340 and ISO 4401 PN [pmax.] = 315 bar

7501489.06.01.06 Pressure Switches Series 18D Hydraulic Pressure Switches G 1/4, 7/16-20 UNF (SAE 4), 1/4 NPT Flange

7501629.06.03.06 Proportional Directional Control Valve Size 6 Direct operated, position-controlled Interface to DIN 24 340 and ISO 4401 PN [pmax.] = 315 bar

7501719.06.03.06 Proportional Directional Control Valves Size 10 Direct actuated, electrically adjustable Interface to DIN 24 340 and ISO 4401 PN [pmax.] = 315 bar

7502255.06.03.06

4

Proportional Directional Control Valves Size 10 Direct actuated, electrically adjustable, position-controlled Interface to DIN 24 340 and ISO 4401 PN [pmax.] = 315 bar

7502257.06.03.06 Proportional Directional Control Valves Nominal sizes 16 and 25 Pilot operated, electrically adjustable Interface acc. to DIN 24 340 and ISO 4401 PN [pmax.] = 315 bar

7502968.06.01.06 Proportional Directional Control Valves Nominal sizes 16 and 25 Pilot operated, electrically adjustable Interface acc. to DIN 24 340 and ISO 4401 PN [pmax.] = 315 bar

7502968.06.01.06 Air Cylinders Type LPA for Ram Weight Compensation Single acting, pull stroke version Dia. 100 to 500 mm PN [pmax.] = 16 bar 1)

7503155.06.01.07

Proportional Directional Control ValvesSize 6Direct controlled, electrically adjustableInterface to DIN 24 340 and ISO 4401

PN [pmax.] = 315 bar 7500455.06.02.06

DesignThe proportional directional control valve size 6 isbased on the 5-chamber system, and is in the form of aslide valve.

ApplicationThe proportional directional control valve can be usedto control the direction and speed of hydraulic cylindersand hydraulic motors and is employed in cases wherera servo valve would be too expensive and a normaldirectional control valve would not offer a sufficientrange of functions. The electrical control allows thewide variety of motions to be executed simply andextremely precisely by means of the continously-controllable signal.Using the pressure balance as intermediate component,the proportional directional control valve can taken overa flow control function.

MountingThe units are screwed to subplates and sealed bymeans of O-rings.

Line connectionSubplate, interface to DIN 24 340-A 6 andISO 4401-AB-03-4-A.

• Speed and direction control in accordance withsetpoint specification

• Program control, remote control

• Spring-centred robust design

• Inexpensive system solution

• With pressure balance, load-compensated speedcontrol.

Description (standard units)

Features

Type key

SubplateP S 6 G ... ... ... O O

1 2 3

1 Symbol: 187

233

193

212

1 Line connection: 200 - G 1/4 (Internal thread

300 - G 3/8 to DIN ISO 228/1)

2 Code No.: 024 - G 1/4001 - G 3/8

3 Engineering version: 200

HERION Systemtechnik GmbHUntere Talstraße 65

D-71263 Weil der Stadt-Merklingen

Tel.: +49 (0) 70 33/30 18-0

Fax: +49 (0) 70 33/30 18-10

www.herion-systemtechnik.de

[email protected]

S 6 UP 10 G ... ... ... O ...1 2 3 4

Proportional directional control valve 2 Code No.: 201 - See characteristic curve205 - See characteristic curve206 - See characteristic curve101 - See characteristic curve105 - See characteristic curve106 - See characteristic curve

3 Engineering version: 44 Sealing material: V - FKM (e.g. Viton)

Type designation S 6 UP... 10 G... S 6 UP... 10 G...

General parametersDescription Proportional directional control valve

Symbol See type key

Design Spool-type valve, pilot operated

Type of mounting Flange

Line connection Subplate

Mounting position Valve axis horizontal (See installation drawings)

Type of actuator Proportional solenoid

Weight of valve with 1 solenoid [kg] 1.8

with 2 solenoids 2.4

Weight of pressure balance as intermediate component, [kg] 1:0

ports A, B, T

Weight of pressure balance as intermediate component, [kg] 2.8

ports A and B

Weight of subplate G 1/4 [kg] 0.7

G 3/8 [kg] 1.0

Ambient temperature range ϑu [°C] –20 ... +50

Size NG 6

Hydraulic parametersOperating pressure range at ports P, A pmax [bar] up to 315

and B

Operating pressure range at port T pmax up to 160

Temperature of pressure fluid ϑm max. [°C] +70

Viscosity range ν [mm2/s] 12 ... 500

Zero flow (Vp = 100 bar) [cm3/min] 20

Flow rate with pressure balance II and V Qmin [cm3/min] 50

with pressure balance III und VI 100

Pressure drop - with pressure balance II and V Vp [bar] 5

per control edge - with pressure balance III and VI Vp [bar] 10

Repeatability with dither1) at Qmin [%] 10

at I=500 mA [%] 1

Hysteresis

- with pressure balance (with dither1)) IN [%] 2

- without pressure balance (with dither1)) IN [%] 2

Sensitivity of response, with dither1) IN [%] 0.1

Width of backlash, with dither1) IN [%] 0.1

Floating time Q = 0%...100% [ms] 35

Q = 100%...0% [ms] 70

Filteration, absolute [μm] 25

Electrical parameters of proportional solenoidSolenoid Cat. No. 7297 7298Rated current IN [mA] 800 1600

Resistance R20 [Ω] 21.3 5.7

Duty cycle ED [%] 100 100

Electrical connection Connector to DIN 43 650 A

Degree of protection to DIN 40 050 IP 65 (with connector)

Drive electrics DC 05 / DC 05-XLT pQ 11, pQ 12

see see Page 6

1) Dither: Frequency 50 Hz, amplitude 120 mAss

2 7500455.06.02.06Subject to alteration

Parameters

37500455.06.02.06 Subject to alteration

Characteristic curves

Vp valve = 100 bar

with pressure balance III and VI

with pressure balance II and V

Directional Control Valve

Code 101, 201, 106 and 206

Pressure drop accross

valve without pressure

balance, fully open

Power limits

without pressure balance

Code 105 and 206

Code 101, 201, 106 and 206


Code 101, 201, 106 and 206


Code 105 and 205

Pressure balance II and V Pressure balance III and VI


Ordering Example of order

The units are designated by their type number. Thecomposition of this number can be drawn from the typecode. The standard versions are listed in the typesurvey. When ordering any of the standard versions,please state type number as well as catalog number topreclude possible misinterpretations.When inquiring about or ordering units not listed in ourtype survey of this publication, the type number madeup by you by means of the type code, however, will do.The corresponding catalog number will then be statedin our confirmation of order. O-rings are enclosed withflanged units. Pressure balance, subplate, drive electro-nics and mounting screws must be ordered separately.

Proportional directional control valve, size 6, for flangemounting, Symbol 187, with Code 205, pressure balan-ce, mating subplate G 1/4 and drive electronics.

Proportional directional control valve:Type: S 6 UP 10 G 187 205 4 O VCat. No.: 5204807.7298Pressure balance:Cat. No.: 6015190Subplate:Type: P S 6 G 2 024 2 O OCat. No.: 1065173Mounting screws: (4 pcs. required)Socket head screw (M 5 x 70 DIN 912-10.9)Cat. No.: 0662315Drive electronics to be ordered separately, see Page 6.

Installation drawing

Manual override


Equipment survey and possibilities of combination (standard designs)Designation Symbol Symbol-No. Type Cat. No. Combination2)

Proportionaldirectionalcontrol valve

187

233

193

212

187

233

193

212

S 6 UP 10 G 187 201 4 O VS 6 UP 10 G 187 205 4 O V

S 6 UP 10 G 233 201 4 O VS 6 UP 10 G 233 205 4 O V

S 6 UP 10 G 193 206 4 O V

S 6 UP 10 G 212 201 4 O VS 6 UP 10 G 212 205 4 O V

S 6 UP 10 G 187 101 4 O VS 6 UP 10 G 187 105 4 O V

S 6 UP 10 G 233 101 4 O VS 6 UP 10 G 233 105 4 O V

S 6 UP 10 G 193 106 4 O V

S 6 UP 10 G 212 101 4 O VS 6 UP 10 G 212 105 4 O V

5204789.72985204807.7298

5204811.72985204812.7298

5204808.7298

5204809.72985204810.7298

5204827.72975204828.7297

5204829.72975204830.7297

5204833.7297

5204831.72975204832.7297

Pressurebalanceport P

6015189

6015190

0723311

0723116

0723065

6015532

6015533

10651731065183

P S 6 G 2 024 2 O OP S 6 G 3 001 2 O O

070038706623150661664

PressurebalanceportB C T(return)

PressurebalanceportAC B

PressurebalanceportAC T; BC T(return)

--

--

Pressurebalance II

Pressurebalance III

Pressurebalance II

Pressurebalance II

Pressurebalance III

Pressurebalance V

Pressurebalance VI

SubplatesG 1/4G 3/8

Mountingscrews3)

Socket head screws (M 5 x 30 DIN 912-10.9)Socket head screws (M 5 x 70 DIN 912-10.9)Socket head screws (M 5 x 110 DIN 912-10.9)

X X

X X

X X

X X

X X

X X

X X

X X

X

X

X

X

X

X

X

XX

XX X

X

1) Port designation at symbol: Index “G” = valve side, Index “P” = plate side2) Possibilities of combination between proportional directional control valve, pressure balance, subplate and mounting screws.3) Tightening torque = 7.6 Nm4) See 2-way proportional flow control valves, Publication 7502022


Drive electronics

Drive electronicsDC 05 / DC 05-XLTDigital amplifier with constant current

regulator PWM

Power supply: 18 ... 30 VDC,

incl. residual ripple

Ambient temperature ϑU: 0 ... +50 °C

Weight: 0,4 kg

Mounting position: Upright

Free air circulation must be ensured

Space requirement for installation of

19" card rack: 50 mm

European format: 100 x 160 mm

Type

For proportional directional control valvesRated current IN : 0 ... 1600 mA

7503503

7503504

Setpoint input

(switchable)

Internal

setpoints

Pcs.

Ramps

Pcs.

Terminal

strip

Form F

DIN 41612

Number

of pins

PID controller

for external

control loops

Cat. No. For Further

information,

see

script

44

4 2

48

48

51500001)

51500011)

� /�

(switchable)

�

DC 05 2 x 0...±10V

0...±10V

0(4)...20 mA

DC 05-XLT

[V] [mA]

Functional

compatible to

pQ 03

Drive electronics pQ 11Plug-in amplifier with constant current

regulator PWM

Degree of protection: IP 65


Residual ripple: ≤10 %

Ambient temperature ϑU: -20 ...+50 °C

Mounting position: Optional

Setpoint input

(switchable)

For proportional valves with 2 solenoids 2 pQ 11 necessaryRated current IN: 0 ... 2400 mA, allowed resistance of solenoid R20: 2,5...4,5 Ω

HERION

7502961

[mA][V]

Type of connection

Connecting

cable, 2 m

Connector acc. to

DIN 43651

Weight

[kg]


information,

see

script

0 ... 10

0 ... 10

0 (4)...20

0 (4)...20

�

�

�

�

5980085

59800811)

0,18

0,18

Mark in table: � without, � with1) Cable connector to be ordered separately. Cat. No. 0660689

1) Pre-parametrred electronics on request.

Drive electronics pQ 12Amplifier module with constant current

regulator PWM






For attachment on mounting rail acc.

to EN 50022

Setpoint input

(switchable)

For proportional valves with 2 solenoids 2 pQ 11 necessary HERION

7503109

[mA] [mA][V]

Output currents Cat. No. For Furtherinformation,seescript

0 ... 10 0 (4)...20 0 ... 1600 / 2400 5980126


Dimensional drawings [mm]

Proportional directional control valve

S 6 UP 10 G 187 ... 4 O VS 6 UP 10 G 233 ... 4 O VS 6 UP 10 G 212 ... 4 O V

Proportional directional control valve with pressure balance in port P to B CT


S 6 UP 10 G 193 ... 4 O V


Proportional directional control valve pressure balance in port A CT to B CT (return flow)

S 6 UP 10 G 212 ... 4 O V

Proportional directional control valve in port A CB

S 6 UP 10 G 193 ... 4 O V

80



Subplate with interface to DIN 24 340-A6 and ISO 4401-AB-03-4-A

G 1/4

G 3/8


Spare parts drawings

Proportional directionalcontrol valve

S 6 UP 10 G 187 ... 4 O VS 6 UP 10 G 233 ... 4 O V

With pressure balance in port P


S 6 UP 10 G 212 ... 4 O V

With pressure balancein port A CT or B CT(return flow)

Spare parts (number of pieces)

for proportional directional control valve

Part

1

2

3

O-ring (9.2 x 1.8)

Connector

Connector

4

1

1

4

1

1

4

1

1

070172806578590570275

-

-

-

-

-

4

Pressure balance II

Pressure balance III

Pressure balance II

Pressure balance V

Pressure balance VI

O-ring (9.2 x 1.8)

1

1

-

-

-

4

-

-

1

-

-

4

-

-

-

1

1

4

601518960151900723311601553260155330701728

Description Cat. No.S 6 UP 10 G 187 ... 4 O V

S 6 UP 10 G 233 ... 4 OV

With pressure balance

in port P

S 6 UP 10 G 212 ... 4 O V

With pressure balance in

port B CT


port A CT; B CT

S 6 UP 10 G 212 ... 4 O V

for pressure balance


Spare parts (number of pieces)

for proportional directional control valve

Part

1

2

O-ring (9.2 x 1.8)

Connector

4

1

07017280657859

-

-

3

Pressure balance II


O-ring (9.2 x 1.8)

1

-

2

-

1

2

072311607230650701728

Description Cat. No.S 6 UP 10 G 193 ... 4 O V

Part Description Cat. No.Pressure balance II Pressure balance III

With plate type pressure balance

in port A

for pressure balance

Throttle Check ValvesSize 8, 10, 12, 16, 20 and 25For inline and switchboards installation

PN [pmax.] = 350 bar

7500718.06.01.06

ConstructionThe throttle check valve throttles the flow in onedirection A to B while allowing free passage in the otherdirection via the incorporated check valve (B to A). Thethrottling is effected by a longitudinal notch worked intothe adjusting spindle. The cross-sectional area of therestrictor is in a linear relation to the adjusting path. Thelast turn of the knob fully opens the passage.

ActuationAdjust flow means of the rotary knob. The colored scalemakes it easy to repeat the set values. The area of thecolored triangle indicates the size of the cross-sectionof the passage. A set screw prevents inadvertentadjustment.

MountingThe check valves are mounted inline or in switchboard.

Pipe connectionPorts threaded.

• fine adjustment thanks to the big rotary knob• when turning, rotary knob remains in the same height• good repeatability due to large range of adjustment

(10 turns)• easy reading from all sides


Features

Type keyThrottle check valveM U ... H R ... 001 ... O ...

1 2 3

1 Size: 1 181012162025

2 Pipe connection:Size 18: 2 - G 1/4Size 10: 3 - G 3/8Size 12: 4 - G 1/2 (Internal thread acc.Size 16: 5 - G 3/4 to DIN ISO 228/1)Size 20: 6 - G 1Size 25: 7 - G 1 1/4



D-71263 Weil der Stadt (Merklingen)

Tel.: +49 (0) 70 33/30 18-0

Fax: +49 (0) 70 33/30 18-10


[email protected]



Type designation M U 8 ... M U 10 ... M U 12 ... M U 16 ... M U 20 ... M U 25 ...

General parametersDesignation Throttle check valve

Symbol

Construction V-shaped throttle

Type of mounting Thread

Pipe connection Threaded connection acc. to DIN 259 (pipe mounting)

Mounting position Any

Flow direction Throttle-function from A to BFree flow via check valve from B to A

Actuation By hand

Weight of throttle check valve [kg] 0.3 0.45 0.8 1.3 2.4 3.5

Ambienttemperature ϑu [°C] –20 to +50

Size 8 10 12 16 20 25

Hydraulic parametersOperating pressure range pe [bar] 0 to 350

Opening pressure pö [bar] 0.5

Pressure fluid temperature ϑm max. [°C] + 100

Viscosity ν [mm2/s] 12 to 500

Flow Q [l/min] See characteristic curves

Parameters acc. to VDI 3268

Flow direction A Q BPressure difference Vp as a functionof Q (throttle position constant),measured at an oil temperature of50 °C [ν = 35 mm2/s]


The units are designated by their type number. Thecomposition of this number can be drawn from the typecode. The standard versions are listed in the typesurvey. When ordering any of the standard versions,please state type numbers as well as catalog number topreclude possible misinterpretations.When inquiring about or ordering units not listed in ourtype survey of this publication, the type number madeup by you by means of the type key, however, will do.The corresponding catalog number will then be statedin our confirmation of order.

Wanted: Throttle check valve size 10, threatedconnection G 3/8, manually actuated.

Throttle check valve:Type-No.: M U 10 H R 3 001 3 O OCat. No.: 1065004

Ordering

Type survey (standard versions)

Example of how to order

Size

18

10

12

16

20

25

Q [l/min]

See Vp-Q-characteristic curve

p [bar]

350

Pipe connection

G 1/4

G 3/8

G 1/2

G 3/4

G 1

G 1 1/4

Actuation

By hand

Type

M U 18 H R 2 001 3 O V

M U 10 H R 3 001 3 O V

M U 12 H R 4 001 3 O V

M U 16 H R 5 001 3 O V

M U 20 H R 6 001 3 O V

M U 25 H R 7 001 3 O V

Cat. No.

106502710650861065051106511410650831065084


Part Designation Size Size Size Size Size Size Cat. No.8 10 12 16 20 25

1 O-ring (2.9 x 1.8) 1 - - - - - 07012461 O-ring (4.5 x 1.8) - 1 - - - - 07012481 O-ring (5.3 x 2.4) - - 1 - - - 06616391 O-ring (7.3 x 2.4) - - - 1 - - 06615961 O-ring (10.3 x 2.4) - - - - 1 1 06615972 Thrust ring 1 - - - - - 0661592

(SRA-6-1.45-1)

2 Thrust ring - 1 - - - - 0661593(SRA-8-1.45-1)

2 Thrust ring - - 1 - - - 0661640(SRA-10-2.05-1)

2 Thrust ring - - - 1 - - 0661594(SRA-12-2.05-1)

2 Thrust ring - - - - 1 1 0661595(SRA-15-2.05-1)


Spare parts (numer of pieces)


3 Spring 1 - - - - - 06616443 Spring - 1 - - - - 06616433 Spring - - 1 - - - 06616413 Spring - - - 1 - - 06616463 Spring - - - - 1 - 06616453 Spring - - - - - 1 0724257Set of spare parts1 set of spare parts 1 to 3 - - - - - 0721968consists of parts:

- 1 to 3 - - - - 0721969- - 1 to 3 - - - 0722025- - - 1 to 3 - - 0721970- - - - 1 to 3 - 0721971- - - - - 1 to 3 0724258

Dimensional drawings

Spare parts drawing

Cat. No. a b c d e f ø g ø h i SW

1065003 72 65 12.5 25 33.5 55 29 19 Pg11 -

1065004 74 67 15 30 41 65 29 19 Pg11 -

1065007 92 82 17.5 35 44 73 38 23 Pg16 -

:Cat. No. a b c d e f ø g ø h i SW

1065005 106 196 22.5 45 57 188 38 23 Pg16 -

1065006 145 128 25 50 77 127 49 38 Pg29 19

1065084 150 133 30 60 93 143 49 38 Pg29 19

:

These spare parts are not available separately.

Dimensions in mm

Throttle Check ValvesSize 8, 10, 12, 16, 20 and 25For inline and switchboards installation


7500718.06.01.06

ConstructionThe throttle check valve throttles the flow in onedirection A to B while allowing free passage in the otherdirection via the incorporated check valve (B to A). Thethrottling is effected by a longitudinal notch worked intothe adjusting spindle. The cross-sectional area of therestrictor is in a linear relation to the adjusting path. Thelast turn of the knob fully opens the passage.

ActuationAdjust flow means of the rotary knob. The colored scalemakes it easy to repeat the set values. The area of thecolored triangle indicates the size of the cross-sectionof the passage. A set screw prevents inadvertentadjustment.

MountingThe check valves are mounted inline or in switchboard.

Pipe connectionPorts threaded.

• fine adjustment thanks to the big rotary knob• when turning, rotary knob remains in the same height• good repeatability due to large range of adjustment

(10 turns)• easy reading from all sides


Features

Type keyThrottle check valveM U ... H R ... 001 ... O ...

1 2 3

1 Size: 1 181012162025

2 Pipe connection:Size 18: 2 - G 1/4Size 10: 3 - G 3/8Size 12: 4 - G 1/2 (Internal thread acc.Size 16: 5 - G 3/4 to DIN ISO 228/1)Size 20: 6 - G 1Size 25: 7 - G 1 1/4




Tel.: +49 (0) 70 33/30 18-0

Fax: +49 (0) 70 33/30 18-10


[email protected]



Type designation M U 8 ... M U 10 ... M U 12 ... M U 16 ... M U 20 ... M U 25 ...

General parametersDesignation Throttle check valve

Symbol

Construction V-shaped throttle

Type of mounting Thread

Pipe connection Threaded connection acc. to DIN 259 (pipe mounting)


Flow direction Throttle-function from A to BFree flow via check valve from B to A

Actuation By hand

Weight of throttle check valve [kg] 0.3 0.45 0.8 1.3 2.4 3.5


Size 8 10 12 16 20 25

Hydraulic parametersOperating pressure range pe [bar] 0 to 350

Opening pressure pö [bar] 0.5


Viscosity ν [mm2/s] 12 to 500


Parameters acc. to VDI 3268

Flow direction A Q BPressure difference Vp as a functionof Q (throttle position constant),measured at an oil temperature of50 °C [ν = 35 mm2/s]


The units are designated by their type number. Thecomposition of this number can be drawn from the typecode. The standard versions are listed in the typesurvey. When ordering any of the standard versions,please state type numbers as well as catalog number topreclude possible misinterpretations.When inquiring about or ordering units not listed in ourtype survey of this publication, the type number madeup by you by means of the type key, however, will do.The corresponding catalog number will then be statedin our confirmation of order.

Wanted: Throttle check valve size 10, threatedconnection G 3/8, manually actuated.

Throttle check valve:Type-No.: M U 10 H R 3 001 3 O OCat. No.: 1065004

Ordering



Size

18

10

12

16

20

25

Q [l/min]

See Vp-Q-characteristic curve

p [bar]

350

Pipe connection

G 1/4

G 3/8

G 1/2

G 3/4

G 1

G 1 1/4

Actuation

By hand

Type

M U 18 H R 2 001 3 O V

M U 10 H R 3 001 3 O V

M U 12 H R 4 001 3 O V

M U 16 H R 5 001 3 O V

M U 20 H R 6 001 3 O V

M U 25 H R 7 001 3 O V

Cat. No.

106502710650861065051106511410650831065084



1 O-ring (2.9 x 1.8) 1 - - - - - 07012461 O-ring (4.5 x 1.8) - 1 - - - - 07012481 O-ring (5.3 x 2.4) - - 1 - - - 06616391 O-ring (7.3 x 2.4) - - - 1 - - 06615961 O-ring (10.3 x 2.4) - - - - 1 1 06615972 Thrust ring 1 - - - - - 0661592

(SRA-6-1.45-1)

2 Thrust ring - 1 - - - - 0661593(SRA-8-1.45-1)

2 Thrust ring - - 1 - - - 0661640(SRA-10-2.05-1)

2 Thrust ring - - - 1 - - 0661594(SRA-12-2.05-1)

2 Thrust ring - - - - 1 1 0661595(SRA-15-2.05-1)


Spare parts (numer of pieces)


3 Spring 1 - - - - - 06616443 Spring - 1 - - - - 06616433 Spring - - 1 - - - 06616413 Spring - - - 1 - - 06616463 Spring - - - - 1 - 06616453 Spring - - - - - 1 0724257Set of spare parts1 set of spare parts 1 to 3 - - - - - 0721968consists of parts:

- 1 to 3 - - - - 0721969- - 1 to 3 - - - 0722025- - - 1 to 3 - - 0721970- - - - 1 to 3 - 0721971- - - - - 1 to 3 0724258


Spare parts drawing

Cat. No. a b c d e f ø g ø h i SW

1065003 72 65 12.5 25 33.5 55 29 19 Pg11 -

1065004 74 67 15 30 41 65 29 19 Pg11 -

1065007 92 82 17.5 35 44 73 38 23 Pg16 -

:Cat. No. a b c d e f ø g ø h i SW

1065005 106 196 22.5 45 57 188 38 23 Pg16 -

1065006 145 128 25 50 77 127 49 38 Pg29 19

1065084 150 133 30 60 93 143 49 38 Pg29 19

:

These spare parts are not available separately.

Dimensions in mm

2-way flow control valvesNG 6

with jump start suppressionInterface to DIN 24 340 and ISO

PN [pmax.] = 315 bar 7500990.06.02.06

DesignControl function from A to B by means of two restrictorsconnected in series - a variable throttle (differentialpressure piston) in front of a fixed restrictor (orifice).Due to the triangle-shaped cross section of the throttleit is possible to regulate even small streams of oil.Efficient suppression of jumping starts:The restrictors are axially arranged and work in thesame direction against the regulating spring. With noflow passing through the valve there is a fixed aspectratio between the two restrictors. This ratio keeps thethrottled area of the differential pressure piston fromopening more than absolutely necessary.

ActuationThe flow is set by hand, or by roller rocker. The settingcan, if desired, be safeguarded by means of locking(E 10-closure).

MountingThe units are bolted on subplates and sealed byO-rings.

Line connectionSubplate, interface to DIN 24 340 and ISO.

• Jump start suppression (standard)• Regulating range from 20 up to 16000 cm3/min

with an inlet pressure range from 5 to 315 bar• Space saving, vertical mounting on subplate• Incorporated by-pass check-valve


Features

Type codeFlow control valveM ... 6 ... G ... 001 ... O ...

1 2 3 4 5


1 2 3

1 Operating: RU – Regulator (2-way)characteristics: with check-valve

2 Actuation: H – By handHV – By hand, lockableR – By roller rocker

3 Flow rate: 1 – 12 l/min2 – 14 l/min3 – 18 l/min4 – 16 l/min024 – 24 l/min

4 Engineering version: 15 Sealing material: V – Viton

1 Line connection: 2 – G 1/4 (Internal thread3 – G 3/8 to DIN ISO

228/1)

2 Code No.: 024 – G 1/4001 – G 3/8




Tel.: +49 (0) 70 33/30 18-0

Fax: +49 (0) 70 33/30 18-10


[email protected]


Type designation 2-way flow control valve

General parametersSymbol

Design Orifice behinda differentialpressure piston



Mounting possition Optional

Flow direction From A to Bflow regulating function.From B to A free flowvia check valve

Weight [kg] 1.5

Weight of G 1/4 0.7subplate G 3/8 1.0

[kg]

Ambient temperaturerange ϑu [°C] –20 ... +50

Nominal diameterν NG 6

Parameters according to VDI 3268


Type [l/min] 2 4 8 16 24

Hydraulic parametersOperating pressure- ... 100 ... 315range [bar]

Operating pressure 2 4 8 16 24drop at Qmax [l/min]VpA-B min. [bar]

4 12.5 20

max. [bar] 100 305

Pressure medium +70temperature ϑmmax. [°C]

Viscosity 12 ... 500range ν [mm2/s]

Actuation By hand

Adjusting torque 10Mb [cmN] when actuated by hand

Flow rate Qmin [l/min] 0.05 0.07 0.10

Qmax [l/min] 2 4 8 16 24

Angle of rotation α [o] Approx. 345

FilterFilter size s [mm]at Q up to 0.5 l/min 0.01

at Q highter than 0.5 l/min 0.05

V Q = f (Scale division)

24l/m

in- de

sign

16l/m

in- de

sign

8 l/min - design

2 l/min - design0.9 l/min -design

Q = f (Temperature)

24 l/min - design

16 l/min - design

8 l/min - design

0.9/2 l/min - design


The units are designated by their type number. Thecomposition of this number can be drawn from the typecode. The standard versions are listed in the typesurvey. When ordering any of the standard versions,please state type number as well as catalog number topreclude possible misinterpretations.When inquiring about or ordering units not listed in ourtype survey of this publication, the type number madeup by you by means of the type code, however, will do.The corresponding catalog number will then be statedin our confirmation of order. Mounting bolts and O-ringsare included in the delivery. The subplate is to beordered separately.

Wanted: 2-way flow control valve. Flow 0.03 to 8 l/min,with manual adjustment, lockable and correspondingsubplate, screwed connection G 1/4.

Flow control valve:Type No.: M RU 6 HV G 3 001 1 O VCat-No.: 5100028

Subplate:Type No.: P S 6 G 2 024 2 O OCat-No.: 1065173

Mounting screws: (2 pieces needed)Cylinder bolt: (M 5 x 65 DIN 912-10.9)Cat-No.: 0700394

Ordering

Type survey (standard designs)

Example of order

Size

6

Q[l/min]

0,03 ... 2

0,03 ... 4

0,07 ... 8

0,10 ... 16

0,10 ... 24

0,03 ... 4

0,07 ... 8

0,10 ... 16

VpA-B[bar]

4 ... 100

4 ... 100

12,5 ... 315

20 ... 315

20 ... 315

4 ... 100

12,5 ... 315

20 ... 315

Actuation

By hand(lockable)

By roller rocker

Line connection

Subplate G 1/4P S 6 G 2 024 2 O OCat. No. 1065173Subplate G 3/8P S 6 G 3 001 2 O OCat No. 1065183

Type

M RU 6 HV G 1 001 1 O V

M RU 6 HV G 2 001 1 O V

M RU 6 HV G 3 001 1 O V

M RU 6 HV G 4 001 1 O V

M RU 6 HV G 024 001 1 O V

M RU 6 R G 2 001 1 O V

M RU 6 R G 3 001 1 O V

M RU 6 R G 4 001 1 O V

Cat. No.

5100026

5100163

5100028

5100030

5100165

5100139

5100141

5100143

h (stroke of roller)



Flow regulating valve

SubplateG 1/4

SubplateG 3/8

For corresponding plate-type rectifying unit, see 7500991

View A

Recess for

connections in

control panel

Recess for

connections in

control panel



M RU 6 R G 2..M RU 6 R G 3..M RU 6 R G 4..

Note:The surface onto which the rectifying unit is to be flanged must not contain any other bores than those needed forconnection and fastening of the valve.

M RU 6 HV G 1..M RU 6 HV G 024..M RU 6 HV G 3..M RU 6 HV G 4..


Designation

O-ring (9.2 x 1.8)

O-ring (12.4 x 1.8)

O-ring (18.7 x 1.8)

O-ring (2.8 x 1.6)

O-ring (20.3 x 1.8)

Seal part (10 x 18 x 7)

O-ring (7.66 x 1.78)

Pressure spring

Pressure spring

Pressure spring

Check valve

Stop screw

Pressure spring

Lock with key

Key

Part

1

2

3

4

5

5

6

7

8

8

9

10

10

11

12

Spare parts (Number of pieces)

M R

6 H

V G

2 .

.

M R

6 H

V G

1 .

.

Cat. No.

070172807016230701627065748307012590701017070162107217250721723072172406589370498749072590905685190660051

M R

U 6

HV

G 2

..

M R

U 6

HV

G 1

..

M R

6 H

V G

3 .

.

M R

6 H

V G

4 .

.

M R

6 H

V G

02

4 .

.

M R

U 6

HV

G 3

..

M R

U 6

HV

G 4

..

M R

U 6

HV

G 0

24

..

M R

6 R

G 2

..

M R

U 6

R G

2 .

.

M R

6 R

G 3

..

M R

6 R

G 4

..

M R

U 6

R G

3 .

.

M R

U 6

R G

4 .

.

2

3

1

1

1

-

-

1

1

-

-

1

-

1

1

2

3

1

1

1

-

1

1

1

-

1

1

-

1

1

2

3

1

1

1

-

-

1

-

1

-

1

-

1

1

2

3

1

1

1

-

1

1

-

1

1

1

-

1

1

2

3

1

1

-

1

-

1

1

-

-

-

1

-

-

2

3

1

-

-

1

1

1

1

-

1

-

1

-

-

2

3

1

1

-

1

-

1

-

1

-

-

1

-

-

2

3

1

-

-

1

1

1

-

1

1

-

1

-

-

Cylinder bolt(M5 x 65 DIN 912-10.9)

4 4 4 4 4 4 4 4 0700394Mounting bolts

-

1 Set of spare partsconsists of parts: 1 ... 5

1 ... 6

1 ... 5

1 ... 6

1

-

-

-

-

1

-

-

1

-

-

-

-

1

-

-

-

-

1

-

-

-

-

1

-

-

1

-

-

-

-

1

0726556072655807265600726562

Set of spare parts

2-Way Flow Control ValvesSize 10

Interface to DIN 24 340 and ISO


7500994.06.02.06

ConstructionControl function from P to A by means of two throttlesconnected in series, i.e. a firmly adjustable throttlebehind a variable one (differential pressure piston)which maintains the pressure drop across the firmlyadjustable throttle - and thus the oil flow - at a constantlevel. In the opposite direction from A to P the oil isallowed to flow freely via a check valve.

ActuationThre pressure is set manually with a rotary knob. Thesetting can, if desired, be safeguarded by means of locking (E-10-closure) or by means of a lead seal.

MountingThe units are bolted on subplates and sealed byO-rings or installed in switchboards. This version hasthreaded connections.

Line connectionThreaded connection, interface to DIN 24 340 and ISO.

• Favorable flow control thanks to triangle-shapedcross section of the orifice plate and to the wideangle of adhustment of the control button

• Possibility of calibration

• Designs available with roller actuation, installation inswitchboard possible

• By-pass check valve incorporated


Features

Type codeFlow control valveM R 10 ... ... ... 001 3 O ...

1 2 3 4

SubplateP MR 10 G 4 001 ... O O

1

1 Actuation: HV – By hand, lockableR – Roller

2 Line connection: G – Subplate, interface toDIN 24340 and ISO

C4 – Threaded connectionG 1/2 switchboardinstallation (internalthread to DIN ISO 228/1)

3 Flow: 4 – 116 l/min5 – 132 l/min52 – 150 l/min

4 Sealing material: O – PerbunanV – Viton




Tel.: +49 (0) 70 33/30 18-0

Fax: +49 (0) 70 33/30 18-10


[email protected]


Type designation 2-way flow control valve

General parametersSymbol

Design Orifice plate-typethrottle behind differentialpressure piston



Mounting position Optional

Flow direction P to Aflow control functionA to Pfree flow via check valve

Weight [kg] 3.8

Weight ofsubplate [kg] 2

Ambient temperaturerange ϑu [°C] –20 ... +50

Size ν [NG] 10



Design [l/min] 16 32 50

Hydraulic parametersOperatingpressure range [bar] ... 315

Operating pressure dropVpp-A min. [bar] 5

max. [bar] 310

Pressure fluid temperatureϑm max. [°C] +70

Viscosity rangeν [mm2/s] 12 ... 500

Actuation By hand or roller lever

Actuation force For roller lever seeFb [N] characteristic curve

Fb= f (h, p)

Twisting moment whenmanually actuated

Mb [cm N] 10

Flow Qmin [l/min] 0.1 0.1 0.1

Qmax [l/min] 16 32 50

Angle of rotation α [o] approx. 700

FilterFilter size s [mm] 0.01 (for Q up to 0.5 l/min)

0.05 (for Q exceeding 0.5 l/min)

Q = f (Rotations of handwheel)

Rotations of handwheel h (stroke of roller)

h (stroke of roller)


The units are designated by their type number. Thecomposition of this number can be drawn from the typecode. The standard versions are listed in the typesurvey. When ordering any of the standard versions,please state type number as well as catalog number topreclude possible misinterpretations.When inquiring about or ordering units not listed in ourtype survey of this publication, the type number madeup by you by means of the type code, however, will do.The corresponding catalog number will then be statedin our confirmation of order.Units with flanged connection are delivered completewith mounting bolts and O-rings. The subplate must beordered separately.

2-way flow control valve size 10. Flow up to 32 l/min,with manual adjustment, lockable and correspondingsubplate, screwed connection G 1/2.

Flow control valve:Type. No.: M R 10 HV G 5 001 3 O OCat. No.: 5100185

Subplate:Type No.: P MR 10 G 4 001 1 O OCat. No.: 2854200

For corresponding plate-type rectifying unit, seepublication 7500995.

Ordering


Example of order

SizeNG

10

Q[l/min]

0.1 ... 16

0.1 ... 32

0.1 ... 50

0.1 ... 16

0.1 ... 32

0.1 ... 50

0.1 ... 16

0.1 ... 32

Vpp-A[bar]

5 ... 310

Actuation

By handlockable

By roller lever

By hand

Line connection

Subplate G 1/2P MR 10 G 4 001 1 O OCat.No. 2854200

Subplate G 1/2 forswitchboard installation

Type

M R 10 HV G 4 001 3 O O

M R 10 HV G 5 001 3 O O

M R 10 HV G 52 001 3 O O

M R 10 R G 4 001 3 O O

M R 10 R G 5 001 3 O O

M R 10 R G 52 001 3 O O

M R 10 HV C4 4 001 3 O O

M R 10 HV C4 5 001 3 O O

Cat. No.

51001845100185510018651001875100188510018951002105100209


Q = f (Inlet temperature)

Commercial

hydraulic oil

33 mm2/s at 50 oC



Flow regulation valvesM R 10 HV ...

M R 10 R ...

M R 10 HV C ... Recess in mounting wall

M8 x 55 DIN 912 - 10.9max. tightening torque 31 Nm

M8 x 55 DIN 912 - 10.9max. tightening torque 31 Nm

Str

oke



SubplateG 1/2

Recess in mounting wall



M R 10 HV G ... M R 10 R G ... M R 10 HV C ...

DesignationPart


M R 10 HV G

M R 10 HV C

M R 10 R G Cat. No.

Cylinder bolt

(M 8 x 55

DIN 912-10.9)

- 4 4 0700442Mounting bolts

1 set of spare parts

consists of parts:

1 to 5

1 to 4, 9

07291370729138

Spare parts kits

O-ring (17.1 x 2.6)

O-ring (20.3 x 1.8)

O-ring (17.1 x 2.6)

O-ring (2.8 x 1.6)

O-ring (20.3 x 1.8)

Sealing ring (A 16 x 20

DIN 7603-Cu)

Sealing ring

(A 10 x 14 x 1)

Sealing ring (14 x 18 x

1.5 DIN 7603-Cu)

Sealing ring

(10 x 18 x 7)

2

1

1

1

1

2

1

1

-

2

1

1

1

-

2

1

1

1

1

2

3

4

5

6

7

8

9

0701290

0701259

0701290

0655263

0701259

0700834

0700829

0700832

0701017

DesignationPart M R 10 HV G

M R 10 HV C

M R 10 R G Cat.No.

Sealing ring (A 20 x 24

DIN 7603-Cu)

Check valve

Lock cylinder with key

Key

1

1

1

1

1

1

-

-

10

11

12

13

0700836

065737105685190660051

ProportionalPressure Relief ValvesNominal size 6Directly controlledInterface to DIN 24 340 and ISO

PN [pmax.] = 315 bar 7501247.06.02.06

DesignWith these proportional pressure valves, the pressure iscontrolled by means of a variable magnetic force whichacts on the piston. The directly controlled designconsists of a small seat piston to which the proportionalsolenoid is fitted.The hydraulic pressure can be controlled by varying thecurrent I which is fed to the proportional solenoid; this iscarried out with the aid of a potentiometer and anamplifier.

ApplicationIn hydraulic control circuits, there is often a requirementto control the pressure by means of an electrical signal,e.g. for pure remote control, in order to avoid longhydraulic lines, or for program controls where the pres-sures must be automatically adjusted. These proportio-nal relief valves are very often fitted in process-control-led plastic moulding machines.


Line connectionSubplate, interface to DIN 24 340 and ISO.

• Simple electrical programmed control and remotecontrol

• Adjustable transient characteristics• Suitable for use as remote pilot valve


Features

Type code

D B C 6 UP G ... ... ... O ...1 2 3 4

SubplateProportional pressure relief valveP S 6 G ... ... ... O O

1 2 3

1 Adjustable 50 - Up to 150 barpressure range: 70 - Up to 100 bar

80 - Up to 210 bar90 - Up to 315 bar

2 Code No.: 101 - Solenoid 1800 mA201 - Solenoid 1600 mA


4 Sealing material: V - Viton

1 Line connection: 200 - G 1/4 (internal thread300 - G 3/8 to ISO 228/1)

2 Code No.: 024 - G 1/4001 - G 3/8




Tel.: +49 (0) 70 33/30 18-0

Fax: +49 (0) 70 33/30 18-10


[email protected]

Type designation D B C 6 UP G... 101 3 O V D B C 6 UP G... 201 3 O V

General parametersDesignation Proportional pressure relief valve

Symbol

Design Seat valve, directly controlled



Mounting position Free

Flow direction From P to T

Actuator Proportional solenoid

Weight of valve [kg] 1.7

Weight of subplate [kg] G 1/4 = 0.7

G 3/8 = 1.0

Ambient temperature ϑu [°C] –20 ... +50

Nominal size 6

Hydraulic parametersOperating pressure pe [bar] ... 315

Adjustable pressure range 1) pv [bar] pv min.: See characteristic curve1) pv max.: Pressure stage 50: ... 150

Pressure stage 70: ... 100



Pressure fluid temperature ϑmax. [°C] +70



Regulating time for adjustable

pressure range from pv min. to pv max. [ms] Appr. 20

Hysteresis 2) [%IN] <3

Repeatability 2) [% pv max.]

Pressure stage 50 and 70: Appr. ±2

Pressure stage 80 and 90: Appr. ±1

Sensitivity of response 2) IN [%] <1

Filtering, absolute [μm] 25

Electrical parameters/Proportional solenoidSolenoid Cat. No. 7289 7292Rated current IN [mA] 800 1600

Nominal power input P20 [W] 14 14.6



Protection class of solenoid and

electrical connection according to DIN 40 050 IP 65

Drive electronics DC 05 / DC 05-XLT see table page 5

pQ 11 und pQ 12 see table page 6

1) Smaller pv max. value can be set at ampliefier.2) With dither: Frequency 50 Hz, amplitude 15 % IN.


Parameters to VDI 3276



ν = 35 mm 2/s

ν = 35 mm 2/s

ν = 35 mm 2/s

Pressure stage 50

Pressure stage 70

Pressure stage 80

Solenoid current I

Solenoid current I

Solenoid current I

Q = 0.5 l/min

Q = 3 l/min


Kennlinien

ν = 35 mm 2/s

Pressure stage 50

Solenoid current I

Q = 0.2 l/min

Q = 2.5 l/min

D B C 6 UP G 50 201 3 O V

D B C 6 UP G 70 201 3 O V

D B C 6 UP G 80 201 3 O V

D B C 6 UP G 90 201 3 O V

D B C 6 UP G 50 101 3 O V

D B C 6 UP G 70 101 3 O V

D B C 6 UP G 80 101 3 O V

D B C 6 UP G 90 101 3 O V



The units are designated by their type number. Thecomposition of this number can be drawn from the typecode. The standard versions are listed in the typesurvey. When ordering any of the standard versions,please state type number as well as catalog number topreclude possible misinterpretations.When inquiring about or ordering units not listed in ourtype survey of this publication, the type number madeup by you by means of the type code, however, will do.The corresponding catalog number will then be statedin our confirmation of order. Mounting bolts and O-ringsare included in the delivery. The subplate, amplifier andsetpoint potentiometer are to be ordered separately.

Wanted: Propotional pressure relief valve, nominal size6, electrically-adjustable, for flanged mounting. Settingpressure max. 50 bar, with mating subplate.

Proportional pressure relief valve:Type-No.: D B C 6 UP G 50 201 3 O VCat. No.: 6016071.7292

Subplate G 1/4:Type-No.: P S 6 G 2 024 2 O OCat No.: 1065173

Drive electronics must be ordered separately.

Type survey (standard design)Nominal

size

6 50

100

210

315

50

100

210

315

0 ... 1600 mA

0 ... 800 mA

DC 05, DC 05-XLT,

pQ 11 or pQ 12

see table below

Subplate G 1/4

P S 6 G 2 024 2 OO

Cat. No. 1065173

Subplate G 3/8

P S 6 G 3 001 2 OO

Cat No. 1065183

6016071.7292

6016073.7292

6016075.7292

6016077.7292

6016072.72892)

6016074.72892)

6016076.72892)

6016078.72892)

pv max.

[bar]

Proportional

solenoid current

Drive

electronics

Line connection Type Cat. No.

Drive electronics

2) Not for new developments


regulator PWM




Weight: 0,4 kg






Type


7503503

7503504

Setpoint input

(switchable)

Internal

setpoints

Pcs.

Ramps

Pcs.

Terminal

strip

Form F

DIN 41612

Number

of pins

PID controller

for external

control loops


information,

see

script

44

4 2

48

48

51500001)

51500011)

� /�

(switchable)

�

DC 05 2 x 0...±10V

0...±10V

0(4)...20 mA

DC 05-XLT

[V] [mA]

Functional

compatible to

pQ 03



Drive electronicsDrive electronics pQ 11Plug-in amplifier with constant current

regulator PWM






Setpoint input

(switchable)


HERION

7502961

[mA][V]

Type of connection

Connecting

cable, 2 m

Connector acc. to

DIN 43651

Weight

[kg]


information,

see

script

0 ... 10

0 ... 10

0 (4)...20

0 (4)...20

�

�

�

�

5980085

59800811)

0,18

0,18



regulator PWM







to EN 50022

Setpoint input

(switchable)


7503109

[mA] [mA][V]


0 ... 10 0 (4)...20 0 ... 1600 / 2400 5980126



Subplate with interface according to DIN 24 340-A and ISO 4401-AB-03-4-ACat. No.: 1065173G 1/4

Subplate with interface according to DIN 24 340-A and ISO 4401-AB-03-4-ACat. No.: 1065183G 3/8

Recess for

connections in

control panel

Recess for

connections in

control panel



Spare part drawing Spare parts / Accessories

Part

1 2 O-ring (10.8 x 1.8) 0701622

No. ofpcs.

Designation Cat. No.

Spare parts

- 1 Electrical connector 0570275

Accessories

- 4 Cylinder bolt(M5 x 45 DIN 912-10.9)Tightening torque MA = 7.6 Nm

0700390

Mounting bolts

Tightening torque

Appr. 7.6 Nm

Vent screw

Vent prior to putting into operation

(if solenoid is in horizontal position or

vertical on upside)

Automatical venting if solenoid

is on vertical downside position

Interface according to DIN 24 340-A6

and ISO 4401

ProportionalPressure Relief ValvesNominal sizes 10 and 25Indirectly controlledInterface to DIN 24 340 and ISO 6264

PN [pmax.] = 315 bar 7501248.06.01.06

DesignWith these proportional pressure valves, the pressure iscontrolled by means of a variable magnetic force whichacts on the piston. The indirectly controlled designconsists of the pilot stage with the proportional soleno-id, and the main stage, which is controlled by the pilotstage.The hydraulic pressure can be controlled by varying thecurrent I which is fed to the proportional solenoid; this iscarried out with the aid of a potentiometer and amplifier.

ApplicationIn hydraulic control circuits, there is often a requirementto control the pressure by means of an electrical signal,e.g. for pure remote control, in order to avoid longhydraulic lines, or for program controls where thepressure must be automatically adjusted. These propor-tional relief valves are very often fitted in process-controlled plastic moulding machines.

MountingThe units are bolted to subplates and sealed byO-rings.

Line connectionSubplate, interface to DIN 24 340 and ISO 6264.


• Adjustable transient characteristics


Features

Type key

D B S ... UP G 90 ... ... O ...1 2 3 4

SubplatesProportional pressure relief valveP DB ... G ... 001 ... O O

1 2 3

1 Nominal sizes: 1025

2 Code No.: 101 - Solenoid 7289201 - Solenoid 7292

3 Engineering version: 4 - (size 25)5 - (size 10)

4 Sealing material: O - PerbunanV - Viton


2 Line connection: 4 - G 1/2 Size 106 - G 1 Size 25




Tel.: +49 (0) 70 33/30 18-0

Fax: +49 (0) 70 33/30 18-10


[email protected]

Type designation D B S 10 UP G... D B S 25 UP G...


Symbol simplified complete

Design Seat valve, indirectly controlled

Type mounting Flange


Mounting position Preferably vertical (solenoid on top)


Actuation Proportional solenoid

Weight [kg] 7.2 9.3

Weight of subplate [kg] 2.0 4.7


Nominal size ND 10 25

Hydraulic parametersOperating pressure range pe [bar] ... 315

Adjustable pressure range pv [bar] pv min.: see characteristic curve

pv max.: 315 1)

Pressure fluid temperature ϑmmax. [°C] +70


Flow Q [l/min] See characteristic curve

Control oil QST [l/min] 0.5

Hysteresis2) [%IN] <4

Repeatability2) [% pv max.] approx. ±1

Sensitivity of response2) IN [%] <1


Electrical parameters proportional solenoidsSolenoid Cat. No. 7289 7292Rated current IN [mA] 800 1600

Max. input [W] 21 21


Duty cycle [%] 100 100

Electrical connection Connector acc. to DIN 43 650 A

Degree of protection and

electric connection acc. to DIN 40 050 IP 65 IP 65

Drive electronics DC 05 / DC 05-XLT, pQ 11 and pQ 12

see table, Page 4

1) Smaller pv max. value can be set at amplifier.2) With dither: Frequency 50 Hz, amplitude 15 % IN.


Parameters




The units are designated by their type number. Thecomposition of this number can be drawn from the typecode. The standard versions are listed in the typesurvey. When ordering any of the standard versions,please state type number as well as catalog number topreclude possible misinterpretations.When inquiring about or ordering units not listed in ourtype survey of this publication, the type number madeup by you by means of the type code, however, will do.The corresponding catalog number will then be statedin our confirmation of order. Mounting bolts and O-ringsare included in the delivery. The subplate, amplifier anddrive electronics are to be ordered separately.

Wanted: Proportional pressure relief valve nominal size10, electrically adjustable, for flanged mounting. Settingpressure range max. 315 bar, with mating subplate.Drive electronics to be ordered separately.

Proportional pressure relief valve:Type No.: D B S 10 UP G 90 201 5 O OCat. No. 6016060.7292.01200

Subplate:Type No.: P DB 10 G 4 001 1 O OCat No.: 2852600

D B S 10 UP G 90 201 5 O O

D B S 25 UP G 90 201 4 O O

D B S 10 UP G 90 101 5 O O

D B S 25 UP G 90 101 4 O O

Valve surveyNominal

size

10

25

10

25

315

315

0 ... 1600 mA

0 ... 800 mA

DC 05, DC 05-XLT

or pQ 11 or pQ 12

see table

Page 4

DC 05, DC 05-XLT

Subplate:

Nominal size 10, G 1/2

P DB 10 G 4 001 1 OO

Cat. No. 2852600

Nominal size 25, G 1

P DB 25 G 6 001 1 OO

Cat No. 2852400

6016060.7292.

01200

6016027.7292.

01200

6016061.7289.

02400

6016062.7289.

02400

pv max.

[bar]

Proportional

solenoid current

Drive electronics Line connection Type Cat No.

Note: Valve delivered with internal control oil return via YFor units with external control oil return via X, please observe instructions given in spare parts drawings

Solenoid current [mA] Q [l/min]


Drive electronicsDrive electronicsDC 05 / DC 05-XLTDigital amplifier with constant current

regulator PWM




Weight: 0,4 kg






Type


7503503

7503504

Setpoint input

(switchable)

Internal

setpoints

Pcs.

Ramps

Pcs.

Terminal

strip

Form F

DIN 41612

Number

of pins

PID controller

for external

control loops


information,

see

script

44

4 2

48

48

51500001)

51500011)

� /�

(switchable)

�

DC 05 2 x 0...±10V

0...±10V

0(4)...20 mA

DC 05-XLT

[V] [mA]

Functional

compatible to

pQ 03


regulator PWM






Setpoint input

(switchable)


HERION

7502961

[mA][V]

Type of connection

Connecting

cable, 2 m

Connector acc. to

DIN 43651

Weight

[kg]


information,

see

script

0 ... 10

0 ... 10

0 (4)...20

0 (4)...20

�

�

�

�

5980085

59800811)

0,18

0,18




regulator PWM







to EN 50022

Setpoint input

(switchable)


7503109

[mA] [mA][V]


0 ... 10 0 (4)...20 0 ... 1600 / 2400 5980126


Dimensional drawing

D B S 10 UP ...

D B S 25 UP ...

Venting screw

Venting screw



Dimensional table [mm]

SubplatesSize 10Interface to DIN 24340-E10 and ISO 6264-AR-06-2-A

Size 25Interface to DIN 24340-E25 and ISO 6264-AS-08-2-A

Nom. size

10

25

b1

180

155

b2

14

28.5

b3

13

42.5

b4

27

35

b5

54

70

b6

62

127

b7

27

35

b8

142

105

b9

0

0

d1

27

40

d2

G 1/2

G 1

d3

19

19

d4

G 1/4

G 1/4

d5

12

23.4

d6

5

6

d7

7.3

7.3

d8

M12

M16

d9

17.5

20

d10

11

14

Nom. size

10

25

h1

32

40

h2

18

23.5

h3

20

25

h4

0.5

0.5

l1

121

140

l2

54

90.5

l3

103

185.7

l4

54

66.7

l5

31.8

55.6

l6

31.8

33.3

l7

33.5

27

l8

24.5

0

l9

16.4

11.1

l10

83.3

97.5

l11

52.8

57.5

l12

63

33.3

l13

15.8

14.1

l14

117

135


Spare parts drawing


Part

1-2

1-2

3

Spare parts

Spare parts

Connector, black

1

-

1

-

1

1

0726881

0726882

0570275

Designation Size

10

Size

25

Cat. No.

-

-

Socket-head screw(M12 x 100 DIN 912-10.9)


4

-

-

4

0700480

0700500

Mounting screws

1 set of spare parts consists of parts 1 and 2.

For internal control oil return via Y useM 6 x 8 DIN 912-10.9 screw,Cat. No. 0700399

For external control oil return via Y useM 6 x 18 DIN 912-10.9 screw,Cat. No. 0700403

ProportionalPressure Relief ValvesNominal sizes 10 and 25Indirectly controlledInterface to DIN 24 340 and ISO 6264

PN [pmax.] = 315 bar 7501248.06.01.06






• Adjustable transient characteristics


Features

Type key

D B S ... UP G 90 ... ... O ...1 2 3 4

SubplatesProportional pressure relief valveP DB ... G ... 001 ... O O

1 2 3


2 Code No.: 101 - Solenoid 7289201 - Solenoid 7292

3 Engineering version: 4 - (size 25)5 - (size 10)



2 Line connection: 4 - G 1/2 Size 106 - G 1 Size 25




Tel.: +49 (0) 70 33/30 18-0

Fax: +49 (0) 70 33/30 18-10


[email protected]

Type designation D B S 10 UP G... D B S 25 UP G...



Design Seat valve, indirectly controlled



Mounting position Preferably vertical (solenoid on top)



Weight [kg] 7.2 9.3

Weight of subplate [kg] 2.0 4.7


Nominal size ND 10 25


Adjustable pressure range pv [bar] pv min.: see characteristic curve

pv max.: 315 1)

Pressure fluid temperature ϑmmax. [°C] +70



Control oil QST [l/min] 0.5



Sensitivity of response2) IN [%] <1


Electrical parameters proportional solenoidsSolenoid Cat. No. 7289 7292Rated current IN [mA] 800 1600




Electrical connection Connector acc. to DIN 43 650 A




see table, Page 4

1) Smaller pv max. value can be set at amplifier.2) With dither: Frequency 50 Hz, amplitude 15 % IN.


Parameters




The units are designated by their type number. Thecomposition of this number can be drawn from the typecode. The standard versions are listed in the typesurvey. When ordering any of the standard versions,please state type number as well as catalog number topreclude possible misinterpretations.When inquiring about or ordering units not listed in ourtype survey of this publication, the type number madeup by you by means of the type code, however, will do.The corresponding catalog number will then be statedin our confirmation of order. Mounting bolts and O-ringsare included in the delivery. The subplate, amplifier anddrive electronics are to be ordered separately.

Wanted: Proportional pressure relief valve nominal size10, electrically adjustable, for flanged mounting. Settingpressure range max. 315 bar, with mating subplate.Drive electronics to be ordered separately.

Proportional pressure relief valve:Type No.: D B S 10 UP G 90 201 5 O OCat. No. 6016060.7292.01200


D B S 10 UP G 90 201 5 O O

D B S 25 UP G 90 201 4 O O

D B S 10 UP G 90 101 5 O O

D B S 25 UP G 90 101 4 O O

Valve surveyNominal

size

10

25

10

25

315

315

0 ... 1600 mA

0 ... 800 mA

DC 05, DC 05-XLT

or pQ 11 or pQ 12

see table

Page 4

DC 05, DC 05-XLT

Subplate:

Nominal size 10, G 1/2

P DB 10 G 4 001 1 OO

Cat. No. 2852600

Nominal size 25, G 1

P DB 25 G 6 001 1 OO

Cat No. 2852400

6016060.7292.

01200

6016027.7292.

01200

6016061.7289.

02400

6016062.7289.

02400

pv max.

[bar]

Proportional

solenoid current

Drive electronics Line connection Type Cat No.

Note: Valve delivered with internal control oil return via YFor units with external control oil return via X, please observe instructions given in spare parts drawings

Solenoid current [mA] Q [l/min]



regulator PWM




Weight: 0,4 kg






Type


7503503

7503504

Setpoint input

(switchable)

Internal

setpoints

Pcs.

Ramps

Pcs.

Terminal

strip

Form F

DIN 41612

Number

of pins

PID controller

for external

control loops


information,

see

script

44

4 2

48

48

51500001)

51500011)

� /�

(switchable)

�

DC 05 2 x 0...±10V

0...±10V

0(4)...20 mA

DC 05-XLT

[V] [mA]

Functional

compatible to

pQ 03


regulator PWM






Setpoint input

(switchable)


HERION

7502961

[mA][V]

Type of connection

Connecting

cable, 2 m

Connector acc. to

DIN 43651

Weight

[kg]


information,

see

script

0 ... 10

0 ... 10

0 (4)...20

0 (4)...20

�

�

�

�

5980085

59800811)

0,18

0,18




regulator PWM







to EN 50022

Setpoint input

(switchable)


7503109

[mA] [mA][V]


0 ... 10 0 (4)...20 0 ... 1600 / 2400 5980126


Dimensional drawing

D B S 10 UP ...

D B S 25 UP ...

Venting screw

Venting screw




SubplatesSize 10Interface to DIN 24340-E10 and ISO 6264-AR-06-2-A

Size 25Interface to DIN 24340-E25 and ISO 6264-AS-08-2-A

Nom. size

10

25

b1

180

155

b2

14

28.5

b3

13

42.5

b4

27

35

b5

54

70

b6

62

127

b7

27

35

b8

142

105

b9

0

0

d1

27

40

d2

G 1/2

G 1

d3

19

19

d4

G 1/4

G 1/4

d5

12

23.4

d6

5

6

d7

7.3

7.3

d8

M12

M16

d9

17.5

20

d10

11

14

Nom. size

10

25

h1

32

40

h2

18

23.5

h3

20

25

h4

0.5

0.5

l1

121

140

l2

54

90.5

l3

103

185.7

l4

54

66.7

l5

31.8

55.6

l6

31.8

33.3

l7

33.5

27

l8

24.5

0

l9

16.4

11.1

l10

83.3

97.5

l11

52.8

57.5

l12

63

33.3

l13

15.8

14.1

l14

117

135


Spare parts drawing


Part

1-2

1-2

3

Spare parts

Spare parts

Connector, black

1

-

1

-

1

1

0726881

0726882

0570275

Designation Size

10

Size

25

Cat. No.

-

-



4

-

-

4

0700480

0700500

Mounting screws


For internal control oil return via Y useM 6 x 8 DIN 912-10.9 screw,Cat. No. 0700399

For external control oil return via Y useM 6 x 18 DIN 912-10.9 screw,Cat. No. 0700403

3-Way ProportionalPressure Reducing ValvesNominal size 10Indirectly controlledHERION interface

PN [pmax.] = 315 bar 7501249.06.03.06




Line connectionSubplate, interface to HERION.(Similar to 2-way pressure reducing valve to DIN 24 340).

• High flow rate• Simple electrical programmed control and remote

pilot• Stable control characteristics


Features

Type key

D Y K 10 UP A 90 ... ... O ...1 2 3

SubplateProportional pressure reducing valveP DY 10 A 4 001 ... O O

1

1 Code No.: 101 - Solenoid 1800 mA201 - Solenoid 1600 mA






Tel.: +49 (0) 70 33/30 18-0

Fax: +49 (0) 70 33/30 18-10


[email protected]

Type designation D Y K 10 UP A90 101 3 O O D Y K 10 UP A90 201 3 O O

General parametersDescription 3-way proportional pressure reducing valve


Design Piston valve, indirectly controlled



Mounting position free, preferably vertical (solenoid on top), to be vented at

installation via screw at solenoid actuation system

Flow direction From B to A and A to Y


Weight pressure reducing valve [kg] 6.4

Weight of subplate [kg] 1.6

Ambient temperature ϑu [°C] –20 ... +50

Nominal size 10

Hydraulic parametersOperating pressure pe [bar] ... 315

Adjustable pressure range pv [bar] pv min.: 10 (at Q = 0 l/min)

pv max.: Pressure stage 90: Up to 315 1)




Regulating time for adjustable

pressure range from pv min. to pv max. [ms] See characteristic curve



Sensitivity of response2) [% IN] <1


Electrical parameters of proportional solenoidsSolenoid Cat. No. 7289 7292Rated current IN [mA] 800 1600


Resistance R20 [Ω] 21,3 5,7




Drive electronics DC 05 / DC 05-XLT, pQ 11 and pQ 12 see table, Page 4

1) Smaller pv max. can be set at amplifier.2) With dither: Frequency 50 Hz, amplitude 15 % IN.


Parameters



pV-values based on pY = 0 bar

Pressure increase at outlet

Flow resistance B C A with piston in open position


The units are designated by their type number. Thecomposition of this number can be drawn from the typecode. The standard versions are listed in the typesurvey. When ordering any of the standard versions,please state type number as well as catalog number topreclude possible misinterpretations.When inquiring about or ordering units not listed in ourtype survey of this publication, the type number madeup by you by means of the type code, however, will do.The corresponding catalog number will then be statedin our confirmation of order. Mounting bolts and O-ringsare included in the delivery. Subplate and drive electro-nics to be ordered separately.

Wanted: 3-way proportional pressure reducing valvenominal size 10, electrically adjustable, for flangedmounting. Setting pressure range max. 315 bar, withmating subplate.Drive electronics to be ordered separately.

3-way proportional pressure reducing valve:Type No.: D Y K 10 UP A 90 201 3 O OCat. No. 6016063.7292

Subplate:Type No.: P DY 10 A 4 001 1 O OCat. No. 2840007

D Y K 10 UP A 90 201 3 O O1)

D Y K 10 UP A 90 101 3 O O1)

Valve surveyNominal

size

10 315 0 ... 1600 mA

0 ... 800 mA

DC 05, DC 05-XLT or

pQ 11 / pQ 12

(see tables below)

Subplate G 1/2

P DY 10 A 4 001 1 O O

Cat. No. 2840007

6016063.7292

6016064.7289

pv max.

[bar]

Proportional

solenoid current

Drive electronics Line connection Type Cat. No.

1) Note: Valve delivered with “internal” control oil return via YFor units with external control oil return via X, please observe instructions given in spare parts drawings

2) Not for new constructions.



regulator PWM




Weight: 0,4 kg






Type


7503503

7503504

Setpoint input

(switchable)

Internal

setpoints

Pcs.

Ramps

Pcs.

Terminal

strip

Form F

DIN 41612

Number

of pins

PID controller

for external

control loops


information,

see

script

44

4 2

48

48

51500001)

51500011)

� /�

(switchable)

�

DC 05 2 x 0...±10V

0...±10V

0(4)...20 mA

DC 05-XLT

[V] [mA]

Functional

compatible to

pQ 03


regulator PWM






Setpoint input

(switchable)


HERION

7502961

[mA][V]

Type of connection

Connecting

cable, 2 m

Connector acc. to

DIN 43651

Weight

[kg]


information,

see

script

0 ... 10

0 ... 10

0 (4)...20

0 (4)...20

�

�

�

�

5980085

59800811)

0,18

0,18


1) Pre-parametered electronics on request.


regulator PWM







to EN 50022

Setpoint input

(switchable)


7503109

[mA] [mA][V]


0 ... 10 0 (4)...20 0 ... 1600 / 2400 5980126



Subplate with HERION hole pattern(acc. to DIN 24 340-D 10-1)

Tightening torque


Spare parts drawing

Part

1

2

3

1

O-ring (17.1 x 2.6)

O-ring (9.2 x 1.8)

07012900701252

Qty. Description Cat. No.

Spare parts

- 4 Socket-head screw

(M10 x 90 DIN 912-10.9)

0700462Mountings screws


Venting screw

For “external” control oil

return via “X” closed with

screw M 6 x 8 DIN 913

Cat. No. 0700514

Directional control valvesDN 6 (NG 6)Directly actuatedInterface to DIN 24 340 and ISO 4401


7501292.06.03.05

DesignThe design is based upon the 5-chamber system.A spool of hardened steel slides in a housing made ofhigh-strength cast-iron. Therefore the units are suitablefor rough operating conditions.

ActuationThe directional control valves can be actuated eitherelectromagnetically, electropneumatically, hydraulically,pneumatically, mechanically or by spring.


Line connectionSubplate, interface to DIN 24340-A6 and ISO 4401-AB-03-4-A.


Type key

S 6 ... ... G ... 001 ... ... ...1 2 3 4 5 6

Directional control valve

1 Actuation: VH – DC-type solenoid, pressure-tight, with manual override

V – Without manual override

2 Electrical 10 – Connector Pg 11connection: to DIN 43650 on solenoid

11 – Connector Pg 11with rectifier insert on solenoid

12 – Connector Pg 11with rectifier insert and functionindicator on solenoid

13 – Connector Pg 11with function indicator onsolenoid

4 Engineering version: 6 – Wet solenoid provided withcentral thread

5 Additional data: O – Standard design

M1) – Mechanical detent

C2) – Switching delay by means ofnozzle

6 Sealing material: V – FKM (e.g. Viton)

1)2-position valves available with detent for all types of actutor, except roller tappet

(R). 3-position valve can only be arrested by means of a hand lever.2)

Port T of valves with a delayed switching time, must be pressurized with approx.

5 bar.3)

Port T of these 3/2 directional control valves is used as leak oil connection.

• Good guidance of the spool (5-chamber system)- this means reliable switching even with long restperiod

• No dynamic seals• Delay of switching time by exchangeable nozzle• Solenoids with pressure-tight core tube (tube secured)

to valve body by means of central thread). No need toopen pressure-tight space when replacing coil

• Valves with Viton seals standard• Coils designed for DC voltage. AC operation via

connector equipped with rectifier

Features



Tel.: +49 (0) 70 33/30 18-0

Fax: +49 (0) 70 33/30 18-10


[email protected]

3 Symbol

Symbol SymbolNo.

Overlap Symbol SymbolNo.

Overlap

0013)

003

020

004

005

0443)

039

0213)

019

025

+

-

+

+

+

+

+

+

+

+

0313)

038

035

002

008

009

010

011

013

016

+

+

+

-

+

+

+

-

-

+

Type designation VH 10 VH 11

General parametersDesignation Directional control valve

Symbol See type survey or type key

Design Spool-type valve



Mounting position Preferably horizontal

Weight of valve with 1 actuator [kg] 1.9

2 actuators 2.7

Weight of G 1/4 [kg] 0.7

subplate G 3/8 1

Ambient temperature range ϑu [°C] -20 to +50

Size DN 6

Hydraulic parametersOperating pressure pe max. [bar]

at port P, A, B up to 315

at port T up to 160

Pressure fluid temperature ϑm max. [°C] +70

Viscosity range ν [mm2/s] 12 to 500

Flow Qmax. [l/min] See characteristic curves

Filtration Oil purity class to ISO 4406: 18/15

Further parametersManual override Standard

Switching times, approx. [ms]

ton 50 to 80

toff 30 to 55

Number of switchings/h, approx. 15000

Rated voltage UN [V] Standard voltages

Connector input 24 VDC 230 VAC / 40 ... 60 HZ

±10% +5%/-10%

Further voltages on request

Power consumption P20 [W] 31

Duty cycle EDrel [%] 100

Degree of protection for solenoid and

electrical connection to DIN 40050 IP 65


Parameter to VDI 3267


1 2 3

1 Line connection: 200 - G 1/4 (internal thread300 - G 3/8 to DIN ISO 228/1)

2 Code: 024 - G 1/4001 - G 3/8


Type key


Characteristic curvesFlow curves ?p = f(Q)

Symbol

001

003

008

009

013

019

020

7

8

8

5

5

5

5

7

8

8

5

5

5

5

-

3

6

9

4

1

1

-

3

6

9

4

1

1

-

-

-

-

2

-

-

Flow direction

P-A P-B A-T B-T P-T

Symbol Characteristic curve

001

003

008

009

013

019

020

2

4

1

3

5

1

1

Maximum values determined with solenoid in warmed-up condition and at an undervoltage of 10%. Fluidpassing in two directions (from P to A and B to T). Ifone port is closed, a reduced breaking capacity must betaken into consideration. Further valves with differentswitching symbols available on request.

Ordering Example of orderThe units are designated by their type number. Thecomposition of this number can be drawn from the typecode. The standard versions are listed in the typesurvey. When ordering any of the standard versions,please state type number as well as catalog number topreclude possible misinterpretations.Further valve versions can be composed via combi-nation of types. The catalog number of these devicesyou will get on request.Flanges valves are provided with O-rings and connector(type 10 or 11, Page 2). Subplate and mounting screwsmust be ordered separately.

Wanted: 4/3 directional control valve DN 6, 24 VDC,connector on solenoid, Symbol 008, along withcorresponding subplate.

Directional control valve:Type No.: S 6 VH 10 G 008 001 6 O VCat. No.: 5203943.7234

Subplate:Type No.: P S 6 G 2 024 2 O OCat. No.: 1065173

Mounting screws: (4 pcs. required)Socket-head screw: (M 5 x 30 DIN 912-10.9)Cat. No.: 0700387

LeistungsgrenzenPower limits



1) Port T of this 3/2 directional control valves is used as leak oil connection.

Sym

bo

l-N

o.

Ove

rla

p

Actu

atio

n

Vo

lta

ge

Symbol Electrical

connection


Valve Solenoid

0011)

003

020

019

008

009

013

++

-

++

++

++

++

-

VDCVAC

VDCVAC

VDCVAC

VDCVAC

VDCVAC

VDCVAC

VDCVAC

S6VH10 G 001 001 6 O VS6VH11 G 001 001 6 O V

S6VH10 G 003 001 6 O VS6VH11 G 003 001 6 O V

S6VH10 G 020 001 6 O VS6VH11 G 020 001 6 O V

S6VH10 G 019 001 6 M VS6VH11 G 019 001 6 M V

S6VH10 G 008 001 6 O VS6VH11 G 008 001 6 O V

S6VH10 G 009 001 6 O VS6VH11 G 009 001 6 O V

S6VH10 G 013 001 6 O VS6VH11 G 013 001 6 O V

5203939.72345204084.7234

5203940.72345204158.7234

5203941.72345204082.7234

5203942.72345204089.7234

5203943.72345204092.7234

5203944.72345204093.7234

5203945.72345204094.7234

So

len

oid

-actu

ate

d,

pre

ssu

retig

ht No. 10:

Connector toDIN43650(Pg 11)mounted onsolenoid

or

No. 11:Connector toDIN43650(Pg 11)with rectifierinsertmounted onsolenoid

Subplate G 1/4P S 6 G 2024 2 O OCat. No.1065173


Dimensional drawings (mm)

Directional control valvesS 6 V ...S 6 VH ...

solenoid “a”Interface S6to DIN 24340-A6 and ISO 4401

surface of counterpartRz max. 4

Connector 11, 12 and 13

tightening torquemax. 6 Nm

SW 20tightening torquemax. 30 Nmmanual

overrideonlyS6 VH ...

4/3-directionalcontrol valve

Coil adjustablein 90o-steps



Directional control valves

S 6 V ... M ...S 6 VH ... M ...

Subplates with interface according to DIN 24 340-A 6 and ISO 4401-AB-03-4-A

G 1/4

G 3/8

solenoid “a” solenoid “b”

Aperture for

connection in

control panel

Aperture for

connection in

control panel


Spare parts drawing

S 6 V ...S 6 VH ...

S 6 V ... MS 6 VH ... M

with mechanicaldetent

S 6 V ... C ...S 6 VH ... C ...

Switching time delay withnozzle

Spare parts (pieces)

Part

1 O-ring (9.2 x 1.8) 4 4

2 O-ring (17 x 2)

O-ring (26.7 x 1.78)

O-ring (22 x 1.5)

Sealing ring (U 5.7 x 9 x 1)

Nozzle M 5 x 6 (0.5 mm)

DC solenoid(state voltage!)

2 0615057 2

3

4

6

7

5

2

2

-

-

1 or 2

2

2

1

-

4

2

2

2

1

1

1 or 21 or 27234

0615760

7234

0615381

7234

S 6 VH 10 ...

S 6 VH 11 ...

pcs spare part kit pcs spare part kit pcs spare part kit

S 6 VH 10 ... M ...

S 6 VH 11 ... M ...

S 6 VH 10 ... C ...

S 6 VH 11 ... C ...

Designation

vent screw

4/3 - Directional Valve


Electrical spare partsElectrical connection, Symbol 10 Cat. No.

Connector:

Design A (grey) 0657859

Design B (black) 0570275

Electrical connection, Symbol 11 Cat. No.

Connector withrectifier insert230V/50Hz




Connector withrectifier insert230V/50Hzand function indicator




Connector withfunction indicator



CommissioningTurn out vent screw and fill in foam-free oil while valvesis in neutral position. It is not necessary to remove theunit which may remain in pressurized condition.Pressurize Port P with approx. 5 br. Screw in ventscrew (approx. 2 to 3 turns) and switch valve approx.10 times. Turn out vent screw again and refill oil (withvalve remaining in neutral position). Tighten vent screwwhen air bubbles are no longer visible.To ensure a proper function, the pressure space of thesolenoid must be deaerated and filled with oil.


Notes:

3 Symbol

4 Engineeringversion: 6

5 Additional data: O – Standard designM – Mechanical detent 1)

6 Sealing material: V – Viton

Directional Control ValvesSize 6

direct controlledPort size G 3/8

PN [pmax.] = 315 bar 7501293.06.02.06

DesignThe design is based upon the 5-chamber-system.A spool of hardened steel slides in a housing made ofhigh-strength cast-iron. The units are therefore suitablefor rough operating conditions.


MountingBy means of bolts onto equipment rack, etc., or to pipeline.

Line connectionPort size G 3/8.




to valve body by means of central thread). No need toopen pressure-tight space when replacing coil

• Valves with Viton seals standard• Coils designed for DC voltage. AC operation via

connector equipped with rectifier• No dynamic seals

Features



Tel.: +49 (0) 70 33/30 18-0

Fax: +49 (0) 70 33/30 18-10


[email protected]

1 Actuation: VH – DC solenoid, pressure-tightwith manual override

Other actuations e.g. pneumatical hydraulical by rollerlever or by hand on request.

2 Electricalconnection: 00 – Actuation without

electrical connection

10 – Plug socket Pg 11to DIN 43650 on solenoid

11 – Plug socket Pg 11to DIN 43650 on solenoidand incorporated rectifier

13 – Plug socket Pg 11to DIN 43650 on solenoid,plug socket provided withsignal indicator

Symbol Symbol

No.

001 3)

020

019 2)

+

+

+

008

009

013

+

+

-

Over-

lap

Symbol Symbol

No.

Over-

lap

Type code

S 6 ... ... S 3 ... 001 ... ... ...1 2 3 4 5 6


1)on request




Other parametersManual override yes

Switching times appr. [ms]

te 50 ... 80

ta 30 ... 55

Approx. number of switchings/h 15 000


(other voltages 24 ± 10 % 230 V/50 Hz

available on request) + 5 / - 10 %

Current draw P20 [W] DC 31


Degree of protection for solenoid IP 65

and electrical connection to DIN 40 050

Hydraulic parametersOperating pressure range pe max. [bar]

at port P, A, B ... 315

at port T ... 160



Flow Qmax (l/min) See characteristic curve

Filtering Oil class according to

ISO 4406: 18/15


Type designation (Actuation) VH 10 ... VH 11 ...


Symbol See type survey and type code



Line connection Port size


Weight 1 actuator [kg] 1.9 1.9

2 actuators 2.7 2.7

Ambient temperature range ϑu [°C] – 20 ... + 50

Size NG 6



001

008

009

013

019

020

1

3

2

3

3

3

Flow QmaxLimiting values measured with warmsolenoid and 10% low voltage. Valvepassed though in both directions (P-Aand B-T). Blocking of one port lead tolower switching capacities.

Symbol

001

008

009

013

019

020

5

6

5

3

7

7

5

6

5

3

7

7

-

3

4

1

2

2

-

3

4

1

2

2

-

-

-

8

-

-

Flow direction

P-A P-B A-T B-T P-T

Flow resistance



The units are designated by their type number. Thecomposition of this number can be drawn from the typecode. The standard versions are listed in the typesurvey. When ordering any of the standard versions,please state type number as well as catalog number topreclude possible misinterpretations.When inquiring about or ordering units not listed in ourtype survey of this publication, the type number madeup by you by means of the type code, however, will do.The corresponding catalog number will then be statedin our confirmation of order.

Wanted: 4/3-way directional control valve NG 6, 24 VDC. Electrical connection: Plug socket on solenoid,Symbol 008, port size G 3/8.

Directional control valve:Type No.: S 6 VH 10 S3 008 001 6 O VCat. No.: 5201449.7234


Sym

bo

l N

o.

Ove

rla

p

Actu

atio

n

Dim

en

sio

na

ld

raw

ing

Spa

re p

art

dra

win

g

Vo

lta

ge

Symbol Electrical

connection


Valve

Sole-

noid

0011) 01

01

03

02

02

02

01

01

03

02

02

02

020

019

008

009

013

+

+

+

+

+

-

VDC

VAC

VDC

VAC

VDC

VAC

S 6 VH 10 S3 001 001 6 O V

S 6 VH 11 S3 001 001 6 O V

S 6 VH 10 S3 020 001 6 O V

S 6 VH 11 S3 020 001 6 O V

S 6 VH 10 S3 019 001 6 M V

S 6 VH 11 S3 019 001 6 M V

5201501.72345201506.7234

5204087.72345204088.7234

5201504.72345201508.7234

VDC

VAC

S 6 VH 10 S3 008 001 6 O V

S 6 VH 11 S3 008 001 6 O V

5201449.72345201509.7234

VDC

VAC

S 6 VH 10 S3 009 001 6 O V

S 6 VH 11 S3 009 001 6 O V

5201502.72345201510.7234

VDC

VAC

S 6 VH 10 S3 013 001 6 O V

S 6 VH 11 S3 013 001 6 O V

5201503.72345202029.7234

Sole

noid

actu

ate

d p

ressure

tig

ht No. 10:

Plug socket

to DIN

43650

(Pg 11)

on solenoid

or

No. 11:

Plug socket

to DIN

43650

(Pg 11) on

solenoid

with

incorporated

rectifier

G 3/8

1)Port T of these 3/2 directional control valves is used as leak oil connection.


S 6 VH 10S 6 VH 11 01

S 6 VH 10S 6 VH 11 02

S 6 VH 10 ... MS 6 VH 11 ... M 03

El. connection 11 and 13

El. connection 10

Port,

A, P, B and T

appr. 157

appr. 102

appr. 73



S 6 VH 10S 6 VH 11 01 02

with mechanical detent03


Spare part drawing 01 02 03

Part Designation S 6 VH 10 ... S 6 VH ... 013 S 6 VH 10 ... M Cat. No.S 6 VH 11 ...

Electrical spare partsElectrical connection, Code 10 Cat. No.

Connector:



Electrical connection, Code 11 Cat. No.

Connector:



Electrical connection, Code 13 Cat. No.

Design A (grey)Connector +lamp

115 to 130 V DC 0570256115 to 160 V AC190 to 130 V AC or 0656553100 to 130 V DC

150 to 250 V AC/DC 0656552

Design B (black)Connector +lamp

115 to 130 V DC 0570818115 to 160 V AC190 to 130 V AC or 0570816100 to 130 V DC

150 to 250 V AC/DC 0570817

1

2

2

3

2

1 or 2

1 or 2(rectifier connector seeelectrical spare parts)

-

2

1 or 2

1

3

2

1

06614767234

7234

0660227

O-ring (17 x 2)

DC-solenoid(voltage)

For use of AC voltage:DC-solenoid with rectifierconnector(voltage value is necessary)

Sealing ring 5.7 x 9 x 1

Tightening

torque

5.5 ± 0.5 NmSW 20

Tightening

torque

30 ± 3 Nm

SW 24

Tightening

torque

30 ± 3 Nm

Only symbol 013

SW 24

Tightening

torque

6 ± 1 Nm

SW 4

Tightening

torque

6 ± 1 Nm

SW 4

Tightening

torque

7.6 ± 0.3 Nm

Directional control valvesSize 6direct controlledwith inductive switching position monitoringinductive limit swithInterface to DIN 24 340 and ISO 4401

PN [pmax.] = 315 bar 7501294.06.03.05

DesignThese directional control valves are based on the 5-chamber system, and are designed in the form ofspool valves. A spool of hardened steel slides in anhousing made of high-strength cast iron. The units aretherefore suitable for rough operating conditions.The switch contact at the end positions of the spool canbe used, for example, for acknowledgements in safetycircuits. When the ed switching position is reached, apin which is rigidly connected to the steel spool entersthe electrical field created by the electronic limit switch.The signal thus produced represents an acknowledge-ment from the spool.

ActuationThe directional control vlaves are actuated electro-mag-netically and by means of a spring.


Line connectionSubplate, hole pattern to DIN 24340 - A6 andISO 4401 - AB - 03 - 4 - A.


Type code

S 6 ... ... G ... ... ... ... ...1 2 3 4 5 6 7


1 Actuation: VH – DC solenoid, pressuretightwith manual override

V – DC solenoid, pressuretightwithout manual override




3 Symbol: 001 – See type survey

4 Code: 210 – limit switch on side bposition a monitored

2161) – 2 limit switches on sidesa and bposition a and b monitored

4 Code: 217 – limit switch on side bspring returnedposition a or b monitored

220 – limit switch on side bposition b monitored

222 – limit switch on side amechanical detentposition a monitored

223 – limit switch on side amechanical detentposition b monitored



M – Mechanical detent


• Good guidance of the spool - this means reliableswitching, even with long rest periods

• Axial forces acting on the spool are reduced by anamount equal to the pulse forces encountered in the3-chamber system and caused by theuncompensated ring surfaces in this system

• Increased degree of safety, thanks to the electricalswitching positions monitoring

Features



Tel.: +49 (0) 70 33/30 18-0

Fax: +49 (0) 70 33/30 18-10


[email protected]

Type designation S 6 V 10 G ... S 6 VH 10 G ... S 6 VH 11 G ...


Symbol See type survey





Weight [kg]

1 actuator 2,1

2 actuators 3,1

Weight of subplate [kg]

G 1/4 0,7

G 3/8 1

Ambient temperature range ϑu [°C] -20 ... +50

Size NG 6

Hydraulic parametersOperating pressure range pe [bar]

at port P, A, B ... 315

at port T ... 50



Flow Qmax. [l/min] See characteristic curve


Other parametersManual override no yes

Switching times t approx. [ms]

ton 50 ... 80

toff 30 ... 55

Approx. number of switchings/h 15000

Rated voltage UN [V] DC 24 ±10% AC 230 V 50 HZ

+5%-10%

Other voltages available on request

Power consumption PN20 [W] 31





Parameters


1 2 3

1 Line connection: 200 - G 1/4 (Internal thread300 - G 3/8 to DIN ISO 228/1)

2 Code: 024 - G 1/4001 - G 3/8


Type code

Electrical parameters (electronic limit switch)Connector type angle, female, 4-pin

Cable gland Pg 7, cable ø 4 to 6 mm

Degree of protection IP 67

Indicator LED yes (2)

- Power on green

- Function yellow

Pin assignmentconnector


Type designation S 6 V 10 G ... S 6 VH 10 G ... S 6 VH 11 G ...

Electrical parameters (electronic limit switch)Electronical limit switch M 12 x 1 PNP output/active area green/loose cable end

Rated operational voltage Ue [V] DC 24

Supply voltage UB [V] DC 10 ... 30

Voltage drop Ud at Ie [V] ≤1,5

Rated operational current Ie [mA] 200

Protection against polarity reversal yes

Short circuit protected/overload protected yes / yes

Load capacitance [μF] ≤1,0

Degree of protection per IEC 529 IP 68 to BWN Pr. 20 (IP 67 connector kompl.)

Connection Connector

pressure rated up to [bar] 50

Electrical parameters (electronic limit switch)

Wiring diagram Pin assignmentlimit switch

Parameters

brown

black

blue



Power limits

Symbol

001

003

008

009

010

013

019

020

039

044

138

230

231

7

8

8

5

9

5

5

5

5

7

-

5

-

7

8

8

5

9

5

5

5

5

7

7

-

5

-

3

6

9

4

4

1

1

1

-

1

-

4

-

3

6

9

4

4

1

1

1

-

-

6

-

-

-

-

-

-

2

-

-

-

-

-

-

2

Flow direction

P-A P-B A-T B-T P-T


001

003

008

009

010

013

019

020

039

044

138

230

231

2

4

1

3

4

5

1

1

1

2

4

4

5

Maximum valves determined with solenoid in warmed-up condition and at an undervoltage of 10%. Fluidpassing in two directions (from P to A and B to T). Ifone port is closed, a reduced breaking capacity must betaken into consideration. Further valves with differentswitching sysmbols available on request.



1) For other symbols, see Publication 7501292.2) The T-port of the valve is used for leakage drain.

Lä

ufe

r-N

r.

Sym

bo

l-N

o.

Ove

rla

p

Actu

atio

n

Vo

lta

ge

Symbol 1) Electrical

connec-

tion

Line

connection

Type Cat-No.

Valve Solenoid

210 0012)

020

039

138

008

020

011

013

020

0442)

138

230

231

008

019

019

+

+

+

+

+

+

-

-

+

+

+

-

-

+

+

+

VDC

VDC

VDC

VDC

VDC

VDC

VDC

VDC

VDC

VDC

VDC

VDC

VDC

VDC

VDC

VDC

S6VH10 G 001 210 6 O V

S6VH10 G 020 210 6 O V

S6VH10 G 039 210 6 O V

S6V10 G 138 210 6 O V

S6VH10 G 008 216 6 O V

S6VH10 G 020 216 6 O V

S6VH13 G 011 216 6 O V

S6VH10 G 013 216 6 O V

S6VH11 G 020 217 6 O V

S6V10 G 044 217 6 O V

S6V10 G 138 217 6 O V

S6VH10 G 230 217 6 O V

S6VH10 G 231 217 6 O V

S6V10 G 008 220 6 O V

S6VH10 G 019 222 6 M V

S6VH10 G 019 223 6 M V

5205076.7234

5205042.7234

5205160.7234

5205151.7238

5205196.7234

5205046.7234

5205106.7234

5205098.7234

5205122.7234

VDC S6VH10 G 020 217 6 O V 5205045.7234

5205095.7238

5205096.7238

5205157.7234

5205158.7234

5205099.7238

5205129.7234

5205208.7234

216

217

220

222

223

So

len

oid

-actu

ate

d,

pre

ssu

retig

ht No. 10:

Connector to DIN43650(Pg 11)mountedon sole-noid

No. 11:Connector to DIN43650(Pg 11)withrectifierinsertmountedon sole-noid

No. 13:Connector to DIN43650(Pg 11)withfunctionindicatormountedon sole-noid

SubplateG 1/4P S 6 G 2024 2 O OCat. No.1065173

SubplateG 3/8P S 6 G 3001 2 O OCat. No.1065183



Directional control valvesS 6 VH 10 ...S 6 VH 11 ...S 6 VH 13 ... code 210 and 217

S 6 VH 10 ...S 6 VH 11 ...S 6 VH 13 ... code 220

S 6 VH 10 ...S 6 VH 11 ...S 6 VH 13 ... code 216

S 6 VH 10 ... MS 6 VH 11 ... M with mechanical detentS 6 VH 13 ... M code 222 und 223

Ordering Example of how to order

The units are designed by their type number. The com-position of this number can be drawn from the typecode. The standard versions are listed in the type sur-vey. When ordering any of the standard versions,please state type number as well as catalog number topreclude possible misinterpretations.When inquiring about or ordering units not listed in ourtype survey of this publication, the type number madeup by you by means of the type code, however, will do.The corresponding catalog number will then be statedin our confirmation of order. Units with flanged connec-tion are delivered complete with O-rings. The subplateand mounting bolts must be ordered separately.

Wanted: 4/3-way directional control valve NG 6,24 V DC. Electrical connection: Plug socket on solenoid,Symbol 020, switching position monitoring for 2 switchingpositions and associated subplate.



Mounting bolt: (4 ea. needed)Cylinder bolts: (M 5 x 30 DIN 912-10.9)Cat. No.: 0700387

SW 20tightening torquemax. 30 Nm



Subplate with hole pattern to DIN 24 340-A 6 and ISO 4401-AB-03-4-A

G 1/4

G 3/8

Aperture for

connections in

control panel

Aperture for

connections in

control panel



S 6 V ...

3/2-way directional control valve4/2-way directional control valve

Code 210

S 6 V ...

4/2-way directional controlvalve

4/3-way directional controlvalve

Code 216

S 6 V ...

4/2-way directional control valve4/3-way directional control valve

Code 217



S 6 V ...

4/3-way directional control valve

Code 220

S 6 V ...

3/2-way directional control valve4/2-way directional control valvewith mechanical detent

Code 222

S 6 V ...

3/2-way directional control valve4/2-way directional control valvewith mechanical detent

Code 223



Part

1 O-ring (9,2 x 1,8) 4 4 4 4 07017282 O-ring (16 x 2) 2 3 or 4 3 4 06614763 DC solenoid

(state voltage)

1 1 or 2 2 2 72341)

4 Seal(U 5,7 x 9 x 1)

1 1 1 1 0660227

5 Inductivelimit switch

1 2 1 1 0615392

6 Connector 1 2 1 1 06155177 Spring 1 1 or 2 2 - 06150507 Spring - - - 2 06157638 Washer - - - 2 06615099 Ball ø 5 - - - 2 0700753

- Cylinder bolt(M 5 x 30 DIN 912-10.9)

4 4 4 4 0700387

3 For AC applicationsuse DC solenoidwith rectifier insertin connector(state voltage)

(Connector with recifier insert

see electrical spare parts)

72341)

S 6 VH 10 ...

S 6 VH 11 ...

S 6 VH 13 ...

Code 210 and 217

S 6 VH 10 ...

S 6 VH 11 ...

S 6 VH 13 ...

Code 216

S 6 VH 10 ...

S 6 VH 11 ...

S 6 VH 13 ...

Code 220

S 6 VH 10 ...

S 6 VH 11 ...

S 6 VH 13 ...

with mechanical detent

Code 222 and 223

Designation Cat. No.

Mounting bolts (valve) tightening torque MA = 7,6 Nm

1 set of spare partsconsists of parts:

1,2 and 4 1,2 and 4 1,2 and 4 1,2 and 4 -Electrical spare parts

1) Solenoid without manual override Cat. No. 7238

Directional control valvesDN 10 (NG 10)Directly actuatedInterface to DIN 24 340 and ISO 4401


7501296.06.08.05



Tel.: +49 (0) 70 33/30 18-0

Fax: +49 (0) 70 33/30 18-10


[email protected]

3 Symbol

Symbol SymbolNo.

0013)

003

020

004

005

0443)

039

0213)

019

025

+

-

+

+

+

+

+

+

+

+

0313)

038

035

002

008

009

010

011

013

016

+

+

+

-

+

+

+

-

-

+

Overlap Symbol SymbolNo.

Overlap

DesignThe design is based upon the 5-chamber system.A spool of hardened steel slides in a housing made ofhigh-strength cast-iron. Therefore the units are suitablefor rough operating conditions.



Line connectionSubplate, interface to DIN 24340-A10 and ISO 4401-AC-05-4-A.




to valve body by means of central thread). No need toopen pressure-tight space when replacing coil.

• Valves with Viton seals standard• Coils designed for DC voltage. AC operation via con-

nector equipped with rectifier.

Features

Type key

S 10 ... ... G ... 001 ... ... ...1 2 3 4 5 6


1 Actuation: VH – DC-type solenoid, pressure-tight, with manual override

V – Without manual override



12 – Connector Pg 11with rectifier insert and functionindicator on solenoid




M1) – Mechanical detent

C2) – Switching delay by means ofnozzle




Port T of valves with a delayed switching time, must be pressurized with approx.

5 bar.3)


Type designation (Actuation) V(H) 10 V(H) 11


Symbol See type survey or type key





Weight of valve with 1 actuator [kg] 6,5

2 actuators 7,3

Weight of G 1/2 [kg] 2

subplate G 3/4 3,4

Ambient temperature range ϑu [°C] -20 to +50

Size DN 10

Hydraulic parametersOperating pressure pe max. [bar]

at port P, A, B up to 315

at port T up to 160



Flow Qmax. [l/min] See characteristic curves


Further parametersManual override Standard

Switching times, approx. [ms]

ton 70 to 95

toff 40 to 80

Number of switchings/h, approx. 15000


Connector input 24 VDC 230 VAC / 40 ... 60 HZ1)

±10% +5%/-10%

Further voltages on request

Power consumption P20 [W] 42

Duty cycle [%] 100




Parameter to VDI 3267

SubplateP S 10 G ... 001 ... O O

1 2

1 Line connection: 400 - G 1/2 (internal thread500 - G 3/4 to DIN ISO 228/1)

2 Code: 200

Type key

1) DC-type coil 205V and connector with rectifier



Power limits

Symbol

001

003

008

009

013

019

020

6

6

6

6

4

6

6

6

6

6

6

4

6

6

-

4

5

3

3

4

4

-

4

5

3

2

4

4

-

-

-

-

1

-

-

Flow direction

P-A P-B A-T B-T P-T


001

003

008

009

013

019

020

1

4

5

2

3

5

5

Maximum values determined with solenoid in warmed-up condition and at an undervoltage of 10%. Fluidpassing in two directions (from P to A and B to T). Ifone port is closed, a reduced breaking capacity must betaken into consideration. Further valves with differentswitching symbols available on request.


The units are designated by their type number. Thecomposition of this number can be drawn from the typecode. The standard versions are listed in the typesurvey. When ordering any of the standard versions,please state type number as well as catalog number topreclude possible misinterpretations.Further valve versions can be composed via combi-nation of types. The catalog number of these devicesyou will get on request.Flanges valves are provided with O-rings and connector(type 10 or 11, Page 2). Subplate and mounting screwsmust be ordered separately.

Wanted: 4/3 directional control valve DN 10, 24 VDC,connector on solenoid, Symbol 008, along withcorresponding subplate G 1/4.




Flow curves ?p = f(Q)



1) Port T of this 3/2 directional control valves is used as leak oil connection.

Sym

bo

l-N

o.

Ove

rla

p

Actu

atio

n

Vo

lta

ge

Symbol Electrical

connection


Valve Solenoid

0011)

003

020

019

008

009

013

++

-

++

++

++

++

-

VDCVAC

VDCVAC

VDCVAC

VDCVAC

VDCVAC

VDCVAC

VDCVAC

S10VH10 G 001 001 6 O VS10VH11 G 001 001 6 O V

S10VH10 G 003 001 6 O VS10VH11 G 003 001 6 O V

S10VH10 G 020 001 6 O VS10VH11 G 020 001 6 O V

S10VH10 G 019 001 6 M VS10VH11 G 019 001 6 M V

S10VH10 G 008 001 6 O VS10VH11 G 008 001 6 O V

S10VH10 G 009 001 6 O VS10VH11 G 009 001 6 O V

S10VH10 G 013 001 6 O VS10VH11 G 013 001 6 O V

5204867.79085204941.7908

5204869.79085204940.7908

5204820.79085204961.7908

5204963.79085204964.7908

5204819.79085204962.7908

5204927.79085204943.7908

5204933.79085204949.7908

So

len

oid

-actu

ate

d,

pre

ssu

retig

ht No. 10

Connector toDIN43650(Pg 11)mounted onsolenoid

or

No. 11Connector toDIN43650(Pg 11)with rectifierinsertmounted onsolenoid





S 10 V ...S 10 VH ...

solenoid “a”

Interface S10to DIN 24340-A10 and ISO 4401

Surface of counterpartRz max. 4

Connector11, 12 and 13

Coil adjustablein 90o-steps

tightening torquemax. 6 Nm

4/3-directionalcontrol valve

SW 27tightening torquemax. 50 Nm

manualoverrideonlyS10 VH ...


Subplates with interface according to DIN 24 340-A 10 and ISO 4401-AC-05-4-A

G 1/2

G 3/4



S 10 V ... M ...S 10 VH ... M ...

solenoid “a” solenoid “b”

Aperture for connection in control panel


concentrically position



S 10 V ...S 10 VH ...

S 10 V ... MS 10 VH ... M

with mechanicaldetent

S 10 V ... C ...S 10 VH ... C ...

Switching time delay withnozzle


Part

1 O-ring (12,4 x 1,78) 5 5

2 O-ring (23,5 x 2,6)

O-ring (36 x 2)

O-ring (31,5 x 1,8)

Coil 24 V DC

Coil 205 V DC 1)

2 0615125 3

3

4

5

2

2

1 or 2

2

2

5

2

2

2

1 or 21 or 206174530000024

06174530000205

06174530000024

06174530000205

06174530000024

06174530000205

0615739 0615739

S 10 V ...

S 10 VH ...

pcs spare part kit pcs spare part kit psc spare part kit

S 10 V ... M ...

S 10 VH ... M ...

S 10 V ... C ...

S 10 VH ... C ...

Designation

1) with connector with rectifier for AC 230V/50 Hz

vent screw

4/3 - Directional Valve

Sealing ring (U 5,7 x 9 x 1)

Nozzle M 5 x 6 (0,8 mm)

6

7

-

-

1

-

1

1



Connector




Connector withrectifier insert230V/50Hz




Connector withrectifier insert230V/50Hzand function indicator




Connector withfunction indicator



Commissioning

Turn out vent screw and fill in foam-free oil while valvesis in neutral position. It is not necessary to remove theunit which may remain in pressurized condition.Pressurize Port P with approx. 5 br. Screw in ventscrew (approx. 2 to 3 turns) and switch valve approx.10 times. Turn out vent screw again and refill oil (withvalve remaining in neutral position). Tighten vent screwwhen air bubbles are no longer visible.To ensure a proper function, the pressure space of thesolenoid must be deaerated and filled with oil.


Notes:

Directional control valvesDN 10 (NG 10)Directly actuatedwith switching position monitoringInterface to DIN 24 340 and ISO 4401

7501297.06.08.05

DesignThese directional control valves are based on the5-chamber system, and are designed in the form ofspool valves. A spool of hardened steel slides in anhousing made of high-strength cast iron. Therefore theunits are suitable for rough operating conditions.Depending on the design of the device the endswitching position of the spool is monitored via in-ductive or mechanical proximity switches.

ActuationThe directional control vlaves are actuated electro-magnetically and by means of a spring or operated byhand lever.


Line connectionSubplate, hole pattern to DIN 24340 - A10 andISO 4401-AC-05-4-A.


• Valves with Viton seals standard

• Leakage port on request

• Via drain of leakage oil into spring space (additionalhole in housing and subplate is needed - not includedin international standard subplate) the port T can bepressurized up to pmax, what leads to a larger rangeof application

• Good guidance of the spool - this means reliableswitching, even with long rest periods

Features



Tel.: +49 (0) 70 33/30 18-0

Fax: +49 (0) 70 33/30 18-10


[email protected]

1 Actuation: G – DC solenoid(with dry operation system)with manual override

B – DC solenoid(with dry operation system)without manual override

V – DC solenoid, pressuretightwithout manual override

VH – DC solenoid, pressuretightwith manual override

H – manually operated

2 Electrical connection:

3 Symbol: 020 – See type survey

4 Code: Mechanical end switch039 – Position monitoring of

switching position directlyat spool, 1 end switch.Electrical connection:Tuchel-connector

061 – Position monitoring of 3switching positions at thesolenoid, 3 end switches.Electrical connection:Harting-connector R 15


Type designation G B VH V







Weight 1 actuator [kg] 7,2 6,5

2 actuators 8,8 7,3

Weight of subplate G 1/2 [kg] 2

G 3/4 2,7

Ambient temperature range ϑu [°C] –20 to +50

Size DN 10

Code

Actuation Number Symbol Description

G, B 10 Connector Pg 11

to DIN 43 650

on solenoid

G, B 56 Connector

(Tuchel) at

connection box

124

171

Type code

S 10 ... ... G ... ... ... ... ...1 2 3 4 5 6 7



066 – Position monitoring of 2switching positions at thesolenoid, 2 end switches.Electrical connection:Tuchel-connector

4 Code: Inductive proximityswitches

221 – Position monitoring of 1switching positionswitch at side b C spoolposition b dampedswitch at side a C spoolposition a dampedwith 4/3-directional controlvalves spool position 0damped

222 – Position monitoring of 2switching positions1 switch at side aspool position a damped1 switch at side bspool position b damped

224 – Position monitoring of1 switching position(2 switches) spool position0 damped

225 – Position monitoring of1 switching position1 switch at side bspool position a damped

5 Engineering version:56 Additional data: O – Standard design

M – Mechanical detent


Subplate

1 Line connection: 4 – G 1/2 (Internal thread5 – G 3/4 to DIN ISO 228/1)

2 Code: 001 – Standard design


P S 10 G ... ... ... ... O O1 2 3


Type designation G B VH V

Hydraulic parametersOperating pressure range pe max. [bar]

at port P, A, B ... 315

at port T (without leakage port) ... 100 ... 50 2)

at port T (with leakage port) ... 315 1) –



Flow Qmax (l/min) See characteristic curve


Other parameters 1) on request; 2) > 50 bar on request

PIN assignment for Tuchel-connection:

Valve with 1 solenoid Solenoid ”a“ at 1 and 2 or –

Solenoid ”b“ at 3 and 4

Ground wire at

Valve with 2 solenoids Solenoid ”a“ at 1 and 2 –

Solenoid ”b“ at 3 and 4

Ground wire at

Switching times t approx. [ms]

(measured at 315 bar, ton 70 ... 951)

60 l/min) toff 70 ... 801)

Approx. number of switchings/h 15.000 (3600 for symbol 039)

Rated voltage UN [V] DC 24 ± 10 % (Other voltages available on request)

Power consumption P20 [W] 36 42



electrical connection to DIN 40 050 IP 54 IP 65

Maunal override yes no yes no

Characteristic curves: flow curves: ?p = f(Q) Power limits Qmax:

Symbol

001

003

008, 004, 094

013

017

019

020, 039

177

6

1

1

3

-

1

1

1

6

1

1

3

6

1

1

1

-

3

5

2

2

3

3

3

-

3

5

7

-

3

3

-

-

-

-

8

8

-

-

-

Flow direction

P-A P-B A-T B-T P-T


001, 117

003

008, 004, 094, 017, 019

013, 020, 039

2

4

1

5

Isolation Group ”C“ according to VDE 0110

Nominal voltage ~[V] 250

Continuous current ~[A] 6

Contact system Dual-circuit directional contact with 2 galvanical and thermical separated contact bridges

Switching system Snap system with friction contacts

Switching force [N] max. 4,4

Reset force [N] min. 1,3

Duration of bounce (at 10 mm/min contact velocity) [ms] ≤ 1,5

Circuit time (at 10 mm/min contact velocity) [ms] ≤ 10

Number of switching max. switching/min 300

mechanical at 1,6 switchings/s > 50 million switching cycles (VDE 0660 E3)

electrical dependance on load cycles/min

Reproduceability of switching point [µm] ± 2

Allowable ambient temperature t [°C] – 30 ... + 90

Contact material Fine silver, system gold plated

Contact arrangement normally closed contact 1 + 2

normally open contact 3 + 4


Precision switch according to DIN 43 695

Dimensional drawing Pin plan (switch with Tuchel connector)

Electrical parameters and pin-plan (inductive proximity switches)Code 039

Code 061 und 066Micro switch (mechanical end switchaccording to DIN 41 635)Type VCS

Directional contact single line

Reset force [N] max. 1,1

Switching force [N] max. 3,3

Allowable ambient temperature t [°C] – 20 ... + 85

Switching performance

DC === AC ~

Resistive 24 V 6 A Resistive 125 V 10 A

load 125 V 0,5 A load 250 V 10 A

250 V 0,25 A

Inductive 24 V 6 A Inductive 25 V 6 A

load 125 V 0,07 A load 125 V 0,07 A

250 V 0,03 A 250 V 0,03 A

Dimensional drawing1 = common

2 = normally closed

3 = normally open

Pin plan (switch with Harting-connector R15)

Code 061Valve with 3 switching positions

Pin plan (switch with Tuchel-connector)

Code 066Valve with 2 switching positions


Electrical parameters and pin-plan (inductive proximity switches)Code 221, 222, 224, 225Inductive proximity switch (pressure tight)Inductive proximity switch M 12 x 1 PNP-normally opened

Rated voltage Ue [V] DC 24

Normal voltage UB [V] DC 10 to 30

Voltage drop UD at Ie [V] ≤ 1,5

Rated current Ie [mA] 200

Safety against reverse polarity yes

Short circuit proof yes / yes

Allowable load [µF] ≤ 1,0

Protection class according to IEC 529 IP 68 according to BWN Pr. 20

(IP 67 plug compl.)

Type of connection Connector M 12 x 1

Pressure-tight up to [bar] 50 at active face

Attention! Switches will be adjusted before delivery.

Female connector M 12 x 1 incl. beard with LEDType angled connector 4 line

Wire pull relief Pg 7 for wire ø 4 to 6 mm

Protection class IP 67

LED-Indication yes (2)– Power on green– Function yellow

Pin assignment connector

Circuit diagram

Pin assignment end switch

Type survey (standard)

1) For other symbols, see Publication 7503297

2) Solenoid-Cat.- No. 9000 means: Solenoid a = 7637, Solenoid b = 7601



5) Port T of this 3/2 directional control valves is used as leak oil connection

Sym

bo

l-N

o.

Ove

rla

p

Actu

atio

n

Dim

ensi

onal

dra

win

g

Spa

re p

art

draw

ing

Vo

lta

ge

Symbol 1) Electrical

connection

(Solenoid)


Valve Solenoid

0015) 01

01

01

01

01

01

003

020

+

+

+

VDC

VDC

VDC

VDC

S 10 G 10 G 001 039 5 OV

S 10 G 10 G 003 039 5 OV

S 10 G 10 G 020 039 5 OV

S 10 B 10 G 020 039 5 OV

5205219.7623

5205236.7623

5205118.76235205210.7624

So

len

oid

-actu

ate

d,

dry

op

. syste

m No. 10

Connector

(Pg 11)

to DIN

43 650

on solenoid

Subplate G 1/2

P S 10 G 4 001 2 O O

Cat. No.

1065184Subplate G 3/4

P S 10 G 5 001 2 O O

Cat. No.

1065185

Code 039

008 02

02

02

02

02

02

009

013

+

+

-

VDC

VDC

VDC

VDC

S 10 G 56 G 008 061 5 OV

S 10 G 56 G 009 061 5 OV

S 10 G 56 G 013 061 5 OV

S 10 B 56 G 013 061 5 OV

5204988.9000 2)

5204989.9000 2)

5204990.9000 2)

5204991.9000 3)

So

len

oid

-actu

ate

d,

dry

op

. syste

m No. 56

Connector

(Tuchel) at

connection

box

Subplate G 1/2

P S 10 G 4 001 2 O O

Cat. No.


P S 10 G 5 001 2 O O

Cat. No.

1065185

Code 061

0015) 03

03

03

04

03

03

03

02

003

020

019

+

-

+

+

VDC

VDC

VDC

VDC

S 10 G 56 G 001 066 5 OV

S 10 G 56 G 003 066 5 OV

S 10 G 56 G 020 066 5 OV

S 10 G 56 G 019 066 5 MV

5205101.7639

5205121.7639

5205192.7639

5204987.9000 4)

So

len

oid

-actu

ate

d,

dry

op

. syste

m No. 56

Connector

(Tuchel) at

connection

box

Subplate G 1/2

P S 10 G 4 001 2 O O

Cat. No.


P S 10 G 5 001 2 O O

Cat. No.

1065185

Code 066

brown

black

blue


Type survey (standard)

Sym

bo

l-N

o.

Co

de

-No

.

Ove

rla

p

Actu

atio

n

Dim

ensi

onal

dra

win

gS

pare

par

tdr

awin

g

Vo

lta

ge

Symbol Electrical

connection

(Solenoid)


Valve Solenoid

0012) 05

05

05

05

06

06

06

05

07

07

08

08

08

05

09

10

04

04

04

04

04

04

04

04

05

05

06

06

06

04

07

09

003

020

004

005

039

094

166

008

117

019

013

013

166

019

019

+

-

+

+

+

+

+

+

+

+

+

-

-

+

+

+

VDC

VDC

VDC

VDC

VDC

VDC

VDC

VDC

VDC

VDC

VDC

VDC

VDC

VDC

VDC

VDC

VDC

VDC

S 10 V 10 G 001 221 5 O V

S 10 V 10 G 003 221 5 O V

S 10 VH 10 G 003 221 5 O V

S 10 VH 10 G 020 221 5 O V

S 10 VH 10 G 004 221 5 O V

S 10 V 10 G 005 221 5 O V

S 10 VH 10 G 039 221 5 O V

S 10 V 10 G 094 221 5 O V

S 10 V 10 G 166 221 5 C V

S 10 V 10 G 008 221 5 O V

S 10 V 10 G 008 221 5 C V

S 10 V 10 G 117 221 5 O V

S 10 VH 10 G 019 222 5 M V

S 10 V 10 G 013 222 5 C V

S 10 V 10 G 013 222 5 O V

S 10 V 10 G 013 224 5 C V

S 10 V 10 G 166 225 5 C V

S 10 V 10 G 019 225 5 M V

S 10 H 00 G 019 225 5 M V

5205145.7911

5205080.79115205092.7908

5205079.7908

5205054.7911

5205476.7911

5205191.7908

5205040.7911

5205070.7911

5205085.79115205398.7911

5205086.7911

07 05138 + VDC S 10 V 10 G 138 221 5 O V 5205380.7911

07 05198 + VDC S 10 VH 10 G 198 221 5 O V 5205331.7908

07 05241 + VDC S 10 V 10 G 241 221 5 O V 5205345.7911

5205139.7908

5205071.79115205346.7911

08 06001 + VDC S 10 V 10 G 001 222 5 O V 5205279.7911

08 06008 + VDC S 10 V 10 G 008 222 5 O V 5205409.7911

08 06009 + VDC S 10 V 10 G 009 222 5 O V 5205311.7911

08 06011 - VDC S 10 VH 10 G 011 222 5 O V 5205332.7908

08 06003 - VDC S 10 V 10 G 003 222 5 O V 5205315.7911

08 06020 + VDC S 10 VH 10 G 020 222 5 O V 5205273.7908

08 06184 - VDC S 10 V 10 G 184 222 5 O V 5205340.7911

08 06271 + VDC S 10 VH 10 G 271 222 5 O V 5205464.7908

5205185.7911

5205186.7911

5205090.7911

5205546.0000

So

len

oid

-actu

ate

d,

pre

ssu

re t

igh

t

No. 10

Connector

(Pg 11)

to DIN

43650

on solenoid

Subplate G 1/2

P S 10 G 4 001 2 O O

Cat. No.


P S 10 G 5 001 2 O O

Cat. No.

1065185

221

222

224

225

1) For other symbols, see Publication 7503297.

2) Port T of this 3/2 directional control valves is used as leak oil connection

manuallyoperated


Ordering Example of orderThe units are designated by their type number. Thecomposition of this number can be drawn from the typecode. The standard versions are listed in the typesurvey. When ordering any of the standard versions,please state type number as well as catalog number topreclude possible misinterpretations.Further valve versions can be composed via combi-nation of types. The catalog number of these devicesyou will get on request.Flanges valves are provided with O-rings andconnector. Subplate and mounting screws must beordered separately.

Wanted: 4/2 directional control valve DN 10, 24 VDC,connector on solenoid, Symbol 020, along withcorresponding subplate.

Directional control valve:Type No.: S 10 G 10 G 020 039 5 O VCat. No.: 5205118.7623



Dimensional drawings01 Code 039: S 10 G, S 10 B, 3/2- and

4/2-directional control valve04 Code 066: S 10 G with mechanical detent,

4/2-directional control valve

02 Code 061: S 10 G, S 10 B,4/3-directional control valve

05 Code 221: S 10 V, S 10 VH, 3/2- and4/2-directional control valve,

Code 225: S 10 V, S 10 VH,4/2-directional control valve

03 Code 066: S 10 G, 3/2- and4/2-directional control valve

06 Code 221: S 10 V, S 10 VH,4/2-directional control valve


A-B Aperture for connection in control panel

concentrically position

A-B


Subplate with leakage port on request

Dimensional drawings07 Code 221: S 10 V, S 10 VH, 3/2- and


08 Code 222: S 10 V, S 10 VH, 4/2-directional control valve with and without mechanical detentS 10 V, S 10 VH, 4/3-directional control valve

Code 224: S 10 V, S 10 VH, 4/3-directional control valve

10 Code 225: S 10 H, 4/2-directional control valve

09 Code 225: S 10 V, S 10 VH, 4/2-directional controlvalve with mechanical detent

Subplate G 1/2 with hole pattern according to DIN 24 340-A 10 and ISO 4401-AC-05-4-A

Subplate G 3/4 with hole pattern according to DIN 24 340-A 10 and ISO 4401-AC-05-4-A


Spare parts drawings01 Code 039: S 10 G, S 10 B, 3/2- and

4/2-directional control valve05 Code 221: S 10 V, S 10 VH,


08 Code 061: S 10 G, S 10 B,4/3-directional control valve

Code 066: S 10 G, 4/2-directional control valvewith mechanical detent

06 Code 222: S 10 V, S 10 VH,4/2-directional control valvewith mechanical detentS 10 V, S 10 VH,4/3-directional control valve


03 Code 066: S 10 G, S 10 B, 3/2- and4/2-directional control valve

07 Code 225: S 10 V, S 10 VH,4/2-directional control valvewith mechanical detent

04 Code 221: S 10 V, S 10 VH, 3/2- and4/2-directional control valve


for code 066

for code 061

Nozzle M5x6 ø0,8 only fordevices with switching delay

Nozzle M5x6 ø0,8 only fordevices with switching delay

09 Code 225: S 10 H, 4/2-directional control valve



Spare part drawing 01 01 02 02 03 02

Code 039 039 061 061 066 066

Part Designation S 10 G ... S 10 B ... S 10 G ... S 10 B ... S 10 G ...3/2- and 4/2 directional 4/3 directional 3/2- and 4/2-directionalcontrol valve control valve control valve with mech.

detent Cat. No.

1 O-ring (12,42 x 1,78) 5 5 5 5 5 5 07016232 Lip seal (Pr. 41; 5 x 9 x 2,5) 2 2 2 2 2 2 06557943 O-ring (23,47 x 2,62) 2 2 2 2 2 2 07016504 Sealing ring (5,7 x 9 x 1) 1 1 1 1 1 1 06602275 Position monitoring 1 1 – – – – 07227426 O-ring (15,54 x 2,62) 2 2 – – – – 06519397 DC solenoid with manual override – – 1 – – 1 7601

(voltage) 1 – – – – – 7623DC solenoid without manual override – 1 – – – – 7624(voltage) – – – 1 – – 7605

8 Lap 1 – 2 – 1 2 05701179 DC solenoid with manual override – – 1 – – – 7637

(voltage) – – – – 1 1 7639DC solenoid without manual override – – – 1 – – 7638

10 Micro switch – – 3 3 2 2 06599531 1 – – – – 0662451

Mounting bolts (valve) tightening torque MA = 13 Nm

– Cylinder bolt 4 0700416(M 6 x 60 DIN 912-10.9)

Spare part set

Set of wearing parts 1, 2, 3, 4, 6, 8, 0999316consisting of:



Female connector



e. g. at solenoid 7637 or 7638 Cat. No.

Circular plug-in connector:

Number of poles: 7 + PE 0570722


Flange connector:


Male connector: 1)


1) not included


Spare part drawing 04 05 06 06 04 07 09

Code 221 221 222 224 225 225 225

Part Designation S 10 V ... S 10 V ... S 10 V ... S 10 V ... S 10 V ... S 10 V ... S 10 H ...S 10 VH ... S 10 VH ... S 10 VH ... S 10 VH ... S 10 VH ... S 10 VH ... 4/2-directional3/2- and 4/2 4/3 4/2-directional 4/3-- 3/2- 3/2- and control valvedirectional directional control valve directional directional 4/2-directional with mech.control control with and control control control valve dententvalve valve without valve valve with mech.

mech. detent dentent Cat. No.

1 O-ring (12,42 x 1,78) 5 5 5 5 5 5 5 07016232 O-ring (23,47 x 2,62) 2 3 4 4 2 4 2 07016503 Sealing ring (5,7 x 9 x 1) 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 06602274 DC solenoid without manual 1 2 2 2 1 2 - 7911

override

(voltage)

DC solenoid with manual 1 2 2 2 1 2 - 7908override

(voltage)

5 Inductive proximity switch 1 1 2 2 1 1 1 06153926 Angled socket compl. 1 1 2 2 1 1 1 0615517

Mounting bolts (valve) tightening torque MA = 13 Nm

– Cylinder bolt 4 0700416(M 6 x 60 DIN 912-10.9)

Spare part set

Set of wearing parts 1, 2, 3 0999317consisting of:


Notes:

Line connection: Mounting:

Subplate On subplate by means of boltsSealing by means of O-rings

Threaded port On equipment rack, etc. by means of bolts

Plug-in design Complete unit is screwed into threadedbore

Pressure relief valvesSize 6

direct controlledInterface to DIN 24 340 and ISO 6264

PN [pmax.] = 350 bar 7501400.06.01.06

DesignThe pressure relief valves of Type D B C 6 aredirectcontrolled seat valves.

ActuationThe pressure is set manually by means of a rotaryknob. The setting can, if desired, be safeguarded bymeans of locking (E 10-closure) or by means of a leadseal.

Line connection and mountingThe mounting of the units depends on the lineconnection and type:

• High flow rating• Insensitive to vibration• Suitable for use as remote pilot valve


Features

Type codePressure relief valveD B C 6 ... ... ... 001 ... O ...

1 2 3 4 5


1 2

1 Actuation: H – Manual setting

HV – Manual setting(lockable)

HK – Set-screw with cover(can be lead sealed)

2 Line connection: S4 – Threaded port -flange mountingG 1/2 internal threadedto ISO 228/1

C4 – Threaded port -control-panel installationG 1/2 internal threadedto ISO 228/1

E – Plug-in design

G – Subplate, interfaceto DIN 24 340 andISO 6264

3 Pressure 50 – up to 150 barsetting range: 70 – up to 100 bar

80 – up to 210 bar90 – up to 315 bar91 – up to 350 bar



1 Line connection: 2 – G 1/4 (internal threaded3 – G 3/8 to ISO 228/1)




Tel.: +49 (0) 70 33/30 18-0

Fax: +49 (0) 70 33/30 18-10


[email protected]

Type designation D B C 6..S4.. D B C 6..C4.. D B C 6..E.. D B C 6..G..

General parametersDesignation Pressure relief valve

Symbol

Design Seat valve, direct-controlled

Type of mounting Flange Switch board Plug-in design Flange

installation

Line connection Thread Subplate



Actuation By hand

Weight [kg] 2.4 3.0 0.7 2

Weight of subplate [kg] - 0.7

Ambienttemperature range ϑu [°C] –20 to +50

Size NG 6

Hydraulic parametersOperating pressure range pe max. [bar] up to 350

Adjustable pressure range pv [bar] pv min.: see characteristic curvepv max.: Pressure stage: 50: 150Pressure stage: 70: 100Pressure stage: 80: 210Pressure stage: 90: 315Pressure stage: 91: 350





Parameters to VDI 3276


pv min. = smallest adjustable pressure under which valve remains closedby pressure spring Q = 0 (l/min).


The units are designated by their type number. Thecomposition of this number can be drawn from the typecode. The standard versions are listed in the typesurvey. When ordering any of the standard versions,please state type number as well as catalog number topreclude possible misinterpretations.When inquiring about or ordering units not listed in ourtype survey of this publication, the type number madeup by you by means of the type code, however, will do.The corresponding catalog number will then be statedin our confirmation of order. Units with flanged connec-tion are delivered complete with mounting bolts andO-rings. The subplate must be ordered separately.

Wanted: Pressure relief valve size 6 with threaded portfor switch board installation, with manual setting, settingpressure max. 315 bar

Pressure relief valve:Type No.: D B C 6 H C4 90 001 1 O OCat. No.: 6014167

Ordering


Example of order


Size

6

Q[l/min]

Seecharac-teristiccurve

pv max.[bar]

125

150

100

210

315

350

150

100

210

315

350

150

100

210

315

350

150

100

210

315

350

Actuation

Manual setting

Type

D B C 6 H S4 25 001 1 O O

D B C 6 H S4 50 001 1 O O

D B C 6 H S4 70 001 1 OO

D B C 6 H S4 80 001 1 OO

D B C 6 H S4 90 001 1 OO

D B C 6 H S4 91 001 1 OO

D B C 6 H C4 50 001 1 OO

D B C 6 H C4 70 001 1 OO

D B C 6 H C4 80 001 1 OO

D B C 6 H C4 90 001 1 OO

D B C 6 H C4 91 001 1 OO

D B C 6 H E 50 001 1 OO

D B C 6 H E 70 001 1 OO

D B C 6 H E 80 001 1 OO

D B C 6 H E 90 001 1 OO

D B C 6 H E 91 001 1 OO

D B C 6 H G 50 001 1 OO

D B C 6 H G 70 001 1 OO

D B C 6 H G 80 001 1 OO

D B C 6 H G 90 001 1 OO

D B C 6 H C4 91 001 1 OO

Cat. No.

6014578601419860141996014201601416660144076014202601420360142046014167auf Anfrage

6014192601419360141946014164601447360144436014444601444560144396015310

Line connection

Threaded connectionFlange mounting

Threaded connectionSwitch board installation

Plug-in connection

Subplate G 1/4P S 6 G 2 001 2 O O1065173Subplate G 3/8P S 6 G 3 001 2 O O1065183

D B C 6 H S4... D B C 6 HV S4...

D B C 6 HK S4...



D B C 6 H C4...

D B C 6 HV C4... D B C 6 HK C4...

D B C 6 H E...Tightening torque 50...60 Nm

Mounting borefor D B C 6...E...

D B C 6 HV E... D B C 6 HK E...



Pressure relief valveD B C 6 HK G...

Subpaltewith hole pattern to DIN 24340-C6-2and ISO 2664-AB-03-4-CG 1/4

G 3/8

D B C 6 HV G... D B C 6 H G...

Recess for

connections in

control panel

Recess for

connections in

control panel



D B C 6 H S4... D B C 6 HV...

D B C 6 H C4...

D B C 6 H E...

D B C 6 HK...

D B C 6 H G... D B C 6 HV G... D B C 6 HK G...

Designation

O-ring (9.2 x 1.8)

Usit-ring (17.4 x 24 x 1.5)

O-ring (20.3 x 2.6)

O-ring (7.6 x 1.8)

O-ring (20.3 x 1.8)

Spring - pressure stage 50:- pressure stage 70:- pressure stage 80:- pressure stage 90:- pressure stage 91:


Key

4 Cylinder bolts(M 5 x 80 DIN 912-10.9)

Part

1

2

3

4

5

6

7

8

Mounting bolts

-

Spare parts (Quanties)

D B C 6 H S4...D B C 6 H C4...D B C 6 H E...D B C 6 HK S4...D B C 6 HK E...

-

1

1

1

1

11111

-

-

-

D B C 6 HV S4...D B C 6 HV C4...D B C 6 HV E...

-

1

1

1

1

11111

1

1

-

D B C 6 H G...D B C 6 HK G...

2

1

1

1

1

11111

-

-

4

D B C 6 HV G...

2

1

1

1

1

11111

1

1

4

Cat. No.

070125206571210701514070148407012590720114072011507201160569442072088005685190660051

0700397

1 Set of spare parts consists of parts 1 to 5.

Pressure Relief ValvesNG 10, 25 and 32indirectly-controlled, interface to DIN 24 340 and ISO 6264

Sequence Valves NG 10, 25 and 32indirectly-controlled, interface of pressure relief valveto DIN 24 340 and ISO 6264

PN [pmax.] = 315 bar 7501401.06.01.06

DesignThe pressure relief valves of Type D B S and thesequence valves of Type D Z S are indirectly-controlledseat valves.

ActuationThe pressure is set manually by means of a rotaryknob. The setting can, if desired, be safeguarded bymeans of locking (E-10-closure) or by means of a leadseal.




Type codePressure relief valveD ... S ... ... ... ... 001 ... O ...

1 2 3 4 5 6 7

SubplateP DB1) ... G ... 001 ... O O

1 2 3

1 Operating B – Pressure relief valvecharacteristics: Z – Sequence valve

2 Nominal size NG: 102532

3 Actuation: H – Manual settingHV – Manual setting, lockableHK – Set-screw with cover

(can be lead sealed)

4 Line connection: G – Subplate, interface toDIN ISO

D – Subplate, interface to DINISO (valve interface not toDIN ISO)

5 Pressure 70 – Up to 100 barsetting range: 90 – Up to 315 bar

6 Engineering 3 – NG 10version: 2 – NG 25

5 – NG 32

7 Sealing material O – PerbunanV – Viton


2 Line connection: 4 – G 1/2 NG 106 – G 1 NG 258 – G 1 1/2 NG 32

(Internal toDIN ISO 228/1)


1) When using subplate for the installation of sequencevalves, make sure to remove screw plug at port „Y“.



Tel.: +49 (0) 70 33/30 18-0

Fax: +49 (0) 70 33/30 18-10


[email protected]

• High flow rating• Insensitive to vibration• Seat design insensitive to dirt

Features

Type designation D B S 10..G. D B S 25..G. D B S 32..G. D Z S 10..G. D Z S 25..G. D Z S 32..G.

General parametersDesignation Pressure relief valve Sequence valve

Symbol

complete

simplified

Design Seat valve, indirectly-controlled





Actuation Manual setting

Weight [kg] 6,5 8,6 14,2 6,5 8,6 14,2

Weight of subplate [kg] 2 4,7 17,5 2 4,7 17,5

Ambienttemperature range ϑu [°C] –20 ... +50

Nominal size NG 10 25 32 10 25 32


Adjustable pressure pv [bar] pv min.: see characteristic curverange pv max.: pressure stage 70: ... 100

pressure stage 90: ... 315




Control oil QSt [l/min] 0,5 See characteristic curve QSt




(Only for sequence valves)

Values for pv min. refer to external drain of control oil, e.g.when using a remote pilot control and pressure at T = 0 bar.


The units are designated by their type number. Thecomposition of this number can be drawn from the typecode. The standard versions are listed in the typesurvey. When ordering any of the standard versions,please state type number as well as catalog number topreclude possible misinterpretations. When inquiringabout or ordering units not listed in our type survey ofthis publication, the type number made up by you bymeans of the type code, however, will do. Thecorresponding catalog number will then be stated in ourconfirmation of order.The subplate and, if necessary, mounting material forvalve combinations must be ordered separately. OnlyO-rings are included in the delivery.

Wanted: Sequence valve NG 10 for flanged mountingwith manual setting. Setting pressure max. 315 bar,with mating subplate.

Sequence valve:Type No.: D Z S 10 H D 90 001 3 OOCat. No.: 6015324

Subplate:Type No: P DB 10 G 4 001 1 OOCat. No.: 2852600

Ordering

Type survey (standard design)


NG

10

25

32

Q[l/min]


pv max.[bar]

100315

100315

100315

Actuation

Manual setting

Line connection

Subplate G 1/2P DB 10 G 4 001 1 O O2852600Subplate G 1P DB 25 G 6 001 1 O O2852400Subplate G 1 1/2P DB 32 G 8 001 1 O O2840125

Type

D B S 10 H G 70 001 3 OOD B S 10 H G 90 001 3 OO

D B S 25 H G 70 001 2 OOD B S 25 H G 90 001 2 OO

D B S 32 H G 70 001 5 OOD B S 32 H G 90 001 5 OO

Cat. No.

60153216015322

60153896015390

60154596015460

NG

10

25

32

Q[l/min]


pv max.[bar]

100315

100315

100315

Actuation

Manual setting

Line connection


Type

D Z S 10 H D 70 001 3 OOD Z S 10 H D 90 001 3 OO

D Z S 25 H D 70 001 2 OOD Z S 25 H D 90 001 2 OO

D Z S 32 H D 70 001 5 OOD Z S 32 H D 90 001 5 OO

Cat. No.

60153236015324

60153916015392

60154616015462

Pressure relief valves

Sequence valves



D B S .. H ... / D Z S .. H ... D B S .. HV ... / D Z S .. HV ...

D B S .. HK ... / D Z S .. HK ...

NG

10

25

32

b1

180

155

173,5

b2

14

28,5

31,8

b3

13

42,5

45,5

b4

27

35

41,3

b5

54

70

82,6

b6

62

127

146

b7

27

35

41,3

b8

42

105

110

b9

0

0

45

d1

27

40

56

d2

G 1/2

G 1

G 11/2

d3

19

19

19

d4

G 1/4

G 1/4

G 1/4

d5

10

20

32

d6

5

6

6

d7

7,3

7,3

7,3

d8

M12

M16

M18

d9

17,5

20

20

d10

11

14

14

NG

10

25

32

h1

32

40

55

h2

18

23,5

25

h3

20

25

25

h4

0,5

0,5

0,5

l1

121

140

153,5

l2

54

90,5

120,7

l3

103

85,7

114,3

l4

54

66,7

88,9

l5

31,8

55,6

76,2

l6

31,8

33,3

44,5

l7

33,5

27

20

l8

24,5

0

0

l9

6,4

11,1

12,7

l10

83,3

97,5

113,7

l11

52,8

57,5

93,2

l12

63

33,3

47

l13

15,8

4,1

21,7

l14

117

135

150

NG

10

25

32

b1

180

101

120

b2

13

15,5

18,7

d

M12

M16

M18

h1

84

88

98

h2

165

168

179

h3

187

190

201

h4

167

170

181

h5

16

22

22

h6

12

16

18

l1

49

36

50

l2

174

184

227

SubplatesG 1/2 with interface to DIN 24340-E10 and ISO 6264-AR-06-2-AG 1 with interface to DIN 24340-E25 and ISO 6264-AS-08-2-AG 1 1/2 with interface to DIN 24340-E32 and ISO 6264-AT-10-2-A

Remove screw plug when usinga remote pilot control

Only forNG 10

Position of guide pinSection A-A Section B-B

Remove screw plug whenusing plate for mounting ofsequence valve

Recess inequipmentpanel

tightening torqueMA = 110 Nm for screw size M12

270 Nm for screw size M16370 Nm for screw size M18


Spare part drawings

D B S .. H ... / D Z S .. H ... D B S .. HV ... / D Z S .. HV ... D B S .. HK ... / D Z S .. HK ...

For internal oil return „Y“ use bolt (M 6 x 18 DIN 912-10.9) 0700399For external oil return „Y“ use bolt (M 6 x 18 DIN 912-10.9) 0700403

Designation

Nozzle (ø 0,7) perm. glued


Nozzle (ø 1,1)

Nozzle (ø 1,0)

Nozzle (ø 1,2)

Spring

for pressure stage 70:


Spring

Spring

O-ring (17,1 x 2,6)

O-ring (29,8 x 2,6)

O-ring (40,9 x 2,6)

O-ring (15,6 x 1,8)

O-ring (9,2 x 1,8)

O-ring (28,3 x 2,6)

O-ring (39,4 x 2,6)

O-ring (29,9 x 1,8)

O-ring (10,8 x 1,8)

O-ring (7,7 x 1,8)

O-ring (20,4 x 1,8)

O-ring (7,7 x 1,8)

Part

4

4

5

6

7

8

9

9

10

10

10

11

11

12

12

13

14

15

16

17


NG 10

1

-

1

2

1

1

1

1

-

2

-

-

2

-

2

-

1

2

1

1

2

NG 25

1

-

1

2

1

1

1

1

-

-

2

-

-

2

2

-

1

2

1

1

2

NG 32

-

1

1

2

1

1

1

-

1

-

-

2

-

2

-

2

1

2

1

1

2

Cat. No.

04984190498416056864805676750567676

0701810070185307207730721767070129007012980701305070125607012520701519070152407012650701253070125107012590701621

Designation

Screw plug

G 1 1/4

Screw plug

M 48 x 2

Usit-ring (6,7 x 10 x 1)

Lock cylinder

with key

Key

Cylinder bolt

(M 12 x 100 DIN 912-10.9)

Cylinder bolt

(M 16 x 110 DIN 912-10.9)

Cylinder bolt

(M 18 x 120 DIN 912-10.9)

Part

18

18

19

20

21

Mounting bolts

-

-

-

NG 10

1

-

1

1

1

4

-

-

NG 10

-

-

-

NG 25

-

-

-

NG 32

072781607278170727818

NG 25

1

-

1

1

1

-

4

-

NG 32

-

1

1

1

1

-

-

4

Cat. No.

0701227

0659745

06552540568519

0660051

0700480

0700500

0700508

Spare parts kits1 set of spare parts consists

of parts 10 to 18

Section A-A


Notes:

Pressure Relief ValvesNG 10, 25 and 32indirectly-controlled, interface to DIN 24 340 and ISO 6264

Sequence Valves NG 10, 25 and 32indirectly-controlled, interface of pressure relief valveto DIN 24 340 and ISO 6264

PN [pmax.] = 315 bar 7501401.06.01.06

DesignThe pressure relief valves of Type D B S and thesequence valves of Type D Z S are indirectly-controlledseat valves.

ActuationThe pressure is set manually by means of a rotaryknob. The setting can, if desired, be safeguarded bymeans of locking (E-10-closure) or by means of a leadseal.




Type codePressure relief valveD ... S ... ... ... ... 001 ... O ...

1 2 3 4 5 6 7

SubplateP DB1) ... G ... 001 ... O O

1 2 3

1 Operating B – Pressure relief valvecharacteristics: Z – Sequence valve


3 Actuation: H – Manual settingHV – Manual setting, lockableHK – Set-screw with cover

(can be lead sealed)

4 Line connection: G – Subplate, interface toDIN ISO

D – Subplate, interface to DINISO (valve interface not toDIN ISO)

5 Pressure 70 – Up to 100 barsetting range: 90 – Up to 315 bar


5 – NG 32

7 Sealing material O – PerbunanV – Viton


2 Line connection: 4 – G 1/2 NG 106 – G 1 NG 258 – G 1 1/2 NG 32

(Internal toDIN ISO 228/1)


1) When using subplate for the installation of sequencevalves, make sure to remove screw plug at port „Y“.



Tel.: +49 (0) 70 33/30 18-0

Fax: +49 (0) 70 33/30 18-10


[email protected]


Features

Type designation D B S 10..G. D B S 25..G. D B S 32..G. D Z S 10..G. D Z S 25..G. D Z S 32..G.

General parametersDesignation Pressure relief valve Sequence valve

Symbol

complete

simplified

Design Seat valve, indirectly-controlled






Weight [kg] 6,5 8,6 14,2 6,5 8,6 14,2

Weight of subplate [kg] 2 4,7 17,5 2 4,7 17,5

Ambienttemperature range ϑu [°C] –20 ... +50

Nominal size NG 10 25 32 10 25 32


Adjustable pressure pv [bar] pv min.: see characteristic curverange pv max.: pressure stage 70: ... 100

pressure stage 90: ... 315




Control oil QSt [l/min] 0,5 See characteristic curve QSt




(Only for sequence valves)

Values for pv min. refer to external drain of control oil, e.g.when using a remote pilot control and pressure at T = 0 bar.


The units are designated by their type number. Thecomposition of this number can be drawn from the typecode. The standard versions are listed in the typesurvey. When ordering any of the standard versions,please state type number as well as catalog number topreclude possible misinterpretations. When inquiringabout or ordering units not listed in our type survey ofthis publication, the type number made up by you bymeans of the type code, however, will do. Thecorresponding catalog number will then be stated in ourconfirmation of order.The subplate and, if necessary, mounting material forvalve combinations must be ordered separately. OnlyO-rings are included in the delivery.

Wanted: Sequence valve NG 10 for flanged mountingwith manual setting. Setting pressure max. 315 bar,with mating subplate.

Sequence valve:Type No.: D Z S 10 H D 90 001 3 OOCat. No.: 6015324

Subplate:Type No: P DB 10 G 4 001 1 OOCat. No.: 2852600

Ordering

Type survey (standard design)


NG

10

25

32

Q[l/min]


pv max.[bar]

100315

100315

100315

Actuation

Manual setting

Line connection


Type

D B S 10 H G 70 001 3 OOD B S 10 H G 90 001 3 OO

D B S 25 H G 70 001 2 OOD B S 25 H G 90 001 2 OO

D B S 32 H G 70 001 5 OOD B S 32 H G 90 001 5 OO

Cat. No.

60153216015322

60153896015390

60154596015460

NG

10

25

32

Q[l/min]


pv max.[bar]

100315

100315

100315

Actuation

Manual setting

Line connection


Type

D Z S 10 H D 70 001 3 OOD Z S 10 H D 90 001 3 OO

D Z S 25 H D 70 001 2 OOD Z S 25 H D 90 001 2 OO

D Z S 32 H D 70 001 5 OOD Z S 32 H D 90 001 5 OO

Cat. No.

60153236015324

60153916015392

60154616015462


Sequence valves



D B S .. H ... / D Z S .. H ... D B S .. HV ... / D Z S .. HV ...

D B S .. HK ... / D Z S .. HK ...

NG

10

25

32

b1

180

155

173,5

b2

14

28,5

31,8

b3

13

42,5

45,5

b4

27

35

41,3

b5

54

70

82,6

b6

62

127

146

b7

27

35

41,3

b8

42

105

110

b9

0

0

45

d1

27

40

56

d2

G 1/2

G 1

G 11/2

d3

19

19

19

d4

G 1/4

G 1/4

G 1/4

d5

10

20

32

d6

5

6

6

d7

7,3

7,3

7,3

d8

M12

M16

M18

d9

17,5

20

20

d10

11

14

14

NG

10

25

32

h1

32

40

55

h2

18

23,5

25

h3

20

25

25

h4

0,5

0,5

0,5

l1

121

140

153,5

l2

54

90,5

120,7

l3

103

85,7

114,3

l4

54

66,7

88,9

l5

31,8

55,6

76,2

l6

31,8

33,3

44,5

l7

33,5

27

20

l8

24,5

0

0

l9

6,4

11,1

12,7

l10

83,3

97,5

113,7

l11

52,8

57,5

93,2

l12

63

33,3

47

l13

15,8

4,1

21,7

l14

117

135

150

NG

10

25

32

b1

180

101

120

b2

13

15,5

18,7

d

M12

M16

M18

h1

84

88

98

h2

165

168

179

h3

187

190

201

h4

167

170

181

h5

16

22

22

h6

12

16

18

l1

49

36

50

l2

174

184

227

SubplatesG 1/2 with interface to DIN 24340-E10 and ISO 6264-AR-06-2-AG 1 with interface to DIN 24340-E25 and ISO 6264-AS-08-2-AG 1 1/2 with interface to DIN 24340-E32 and ISO 6264-AT-10-2-A

Remove screw plug when usinga remote pilot control

Only forNG 10

Position of guide pinSection A-A Section B-B

Remove screw plug whenusing plate for mounting ofsequence valve

Recess inequipmentpanel

tightening torqueMA = 110 Nm for screw size M12

270 Nm for screw size M16370 Nm for screw size M18


Spare part drawings

D B S .. H ... / D Z S .. H ... D B S .. HV ... / D Z S .. HV ... D B S .. HK ... / D Z S .. HK ...

For internal oil return „Y“ use bolt (M 6 x 18 DIN 912-10.9) 0700399For external oil return „Y“ use bolt (M 6 x 18 DIN 912-10.9) 0700403

Designation



Nozzle (ø 1,1)

Nozzle (ø 1,0)

Nozzle (ø 1,2)

Spring



Spring

Spring

O-ring (17,1 x 2,6)

O-ring (29,8 x 2,6)

O-ring (40,9 x 2,6)

O-ring (15,6 x 1,8)

O-ring (9,2 x 1,8)

O-ring (28,3 x 2,6)

O-ring (39,4 x 2,6)

O-ring (29,9 x 1,8)

O-ring (10,8 x 1,8)

O-ring (7,7 x 1,8)

O-ring (20,4 x 1,8)

O-ring (7,7 x 1,8)

Part

4

4

5

6

7

8

9

9

10

10

10

11

11

12

12

13

14

15

16

17


NG 10

1

-

1

2

1

1

1

1

-

2

-

-

2

-

2

-

1

2

1

1

2

NG 25

1

-

1

2

1

1

1

1

-

-

2

-

-

2

2

-

1

2

1

1

2

NG 32

-

1

1

2

1

1

1

-

1

-

-

2

-

2

-

2

1

2

1

1

2

Cat. No.

04984190498416056864805676750567676

0701810070185307207730721767070129007012980701305070125607012520701519070152407012650701253070125107012590701621

Designation

Screw plug

G 1 1/4

Screw plug

M 48 x 2


Lock cylinder

with key

Key

Cylinder bolt

(M 12 x 100 DIN 912-10.9)

Cylinder bolt

(M 16 x 110 DIN 912-10.9)

Cylinder bolt

(M 18 x 120 DIN 912-10.9)

Part

18

18

19

20

21

Mounting bolts

-

-

-

NG 10

1

-

1

1

1

4

-

-

NG 10

-

-

-

NG 25

-

-

-

NG 32

072781607278170727818

NG 25

1

-

1

1

1

-

4

-

NG 32

-

1

1

1

1

-

-

4

Cat. No.

0701227

0659745

06552540568519

0660051

0700480

0700500

0700508

Spare parts kits1 set of spare parts consists

of parts 10 to 18

Section A-A


Notes:

Pressure Relief ValvesSize 10 and 25

with solenoid-actuated relief, oilot operatedInterface to DIN 24 340 and ISO 6264

PN [pmax.] = 315 bar 7501402.06.01.06

DesignThe relief valves of Type D F are pilot-operated poppetvalves. The fitted directional control valve can be usedto relieve pressure on the pressure valve. Pressurerelief with deenergized directional control valves (typesD F S and D FW S) or energized directional controlvalves (types D FG S and D FA S).


MountingThe units are bolted on subplates.

Line connectionSubplate, interface to DIN 24 340 and ISO 6264



Features

Type keyRelief valveD ... S ... ... G ... 001 ... O ...

1 2 3 4 5 6

SubplateP DB ... G ... 001 ... O O

1 2 3

1 Operating F – Pressure relief valvecharacteristics: Pressure relief with de-ener-

gized directional control valve.DC-operated

FG – Pressure relief valvePressure relief with ener-gized directional control valve.DC-operated

FW – Pressure relief valvePressure relief with de-ener-gized directional control valve.AC-operated

FA – Pressure relief valvePressure relief with ener-gized directional control valve.AC-operated

2 Size: 10, 253 Actuation: H – Manual adjustment

HV – Manual adjustment, lockable

HK – Set-screw with cover(lead-sealed)

4 Pressure-setting 70 – Up to 100 barrange: 90 – Up to 315 bar


6 Sealing- O – Perbunanmaterial: V – Viton

1 Size: 10, 252 Line connection: 4 – G 1/2 (internal- Size 10

6 – G 1 thread to Size 25DIN ISO228/1)




Tel.: +49 (0) 70 33/30 18-0

Fax: +49 (0) 70 33/30 18-10


[email protected]

Type designation D F S ... D FG S ... D FW S ... D FA S ...(pressure reliefvalve)

Type designation S 6 VH 10 G 088 001 6 O V S 6 VH 10 G 159 001 6 O V S 6 VG 11 G 088 001 6 O V S 6 VG 11 G 159 001 6 O V(directional controlvalve) Cat. No. 5204101.7234 5204097.7234 5204729.7234 5201083.7234Designation Directional control valve

Design Spool valve



Ambient-temperature-range ϑu [°C] From -20 ... +50

Size 6

Type designation D F S 10 ... G ... D F S 25 ... G ...


Symbol D F S ..., D FW S ... D FG S ..., D FA S ...

complete

simplified

Design Poppet valve, pilot operated





Actuation Manual setting, pressure relief via directional control valve

Weight [kg] 6 10

Weight of subplate [kg] 2 14.7

Ambient temperaturerange ϑu [°C] From –20 ... +50

Size 10 25


Adjustable pressure range pv [bar] pv min.: See characteristic curvepv max.: Pressure stage 70: ... 100



Viscosity range ν [mm2/s] From 12 ... 500


Control oil QSt [l/min] 0.5



Parameters of fitted directional control valve


Electrical parameters

Characteristic curves - Pressure valves

Response times te [ms] 30 to 50 30 to 40ta [ms] 10 to 50 30 to 40

Number of switchings/hour 15000

Rated voltage UN [V] 24 230 V 40 ... 60 Hz±10% ±10%

Other voltages upon request

Current draw DC P 20 [W] 32 -AC P 20 [VA] - 39

Duty cycle EDrel. [%] 100

Degree of protection for solenoids IP 00, with connector IP 65and electrical connection to DIN 40050

Electrical connection Connector to DIN 43650 on solenoid

Values for pv min. apply to external return of control oil, e.g. when a remote pilot control is being used and pressure at T = 0 bar

The units are designated by their type number. Thecomposition of this number can be drawn from the typecode. The standard versions are listed in the typesurvey. When ordering any of the standard versions,please state type number as well as catalog number topreclude possible misinterpretations.When inquiring about or ordering units not listed in ourtype survey of this publication, the type number madeup by you by means of the type code, however, will do.The corresponding catalog number will then be statedin our confirmation of order. Units with flanged connec-tion are delivered complete with fixing bolts andO-rings. The subplate must be ordered separately.

Wanted: Pressure relief valve with solenoid-actuatedrelief size 10, flanged with manual adjustment.Pressure setting up to max. 315 bar, with matchingsubplate.

Pressure relief valve:Type No.: D F S 10 H G 90 001 4 O OCat No.: 6015326.7234.02400Voltage: 24 VDC


Ordering


Example of order

Size

10

25

Q[l/min]


pv max.[bar]

100315

100315

Actuation

Manual setting

Line connection

Subplate G 1/2P DB 10 G 4 001 1 O O2852600Subplate G 1P DB 25 G 6 001 1 O O2852400

Type

D F S 10 H G 70 001 4 OOD F S 10 H G 90 001 4 OO

D F S 25 H G 70 001 2 OOD F S 25 H G 90 001 2 OO

Cat No.

6015325.72346015326.7234

6015393.72346015394.7234




D F S .. H ...D FG S .. H ...

D FW S .. H ...D FA S .. H ...

D F S .. HV ...D FG S .. HV ...D FW S .. HV ...D FA S .. HV ...

D F S .. HK ...D FG S .. HK ...D FW S .. HK ...D FA S .. HK ...

Size

10

25

b1

180

101

b2

13

15.5

d

M 12

M 16

h1

84

88

h2

165

168

h3

187

190

h4

167

170

h5

16

22

h6

12

16

l1

49

36

l2

174

184

l3

266

276

l4

271

281

Tightening torque

MA = 110 Nm with M 12

270 Nm with M 16

Check nut SW 17

Designation

Nozzle (dia. 0.7)eingeklebt

Nozzle (dia. 1.1)

Nozzle (dia. 1.0)

Nozzle (dia. 1.2)

Spring Pressure stage 70:Pressure stage 90:

Spring

O-ring (17.1 x 2.6)

O-ring (29.8 x 2.6)

O-ring (15.6 x 1.8)

O-ring (9.2 x 1.8)

O-ring (28.3 x 2.6)

O-ring (29.9 x 1.8)

O-ring (10.8 x 1.8)

O-ring (7.7 x 1.8)

O-ring (20.4 x 1.8)

O-ring (7.7 x 1.8)

Plug G 1 1/4

Usit-ring (6.7 x 10 x 1)


Key

Bolt (M 12 x 100 DIN 912-10.9)

Bolt (M 16 x 110 DIN 912-10.9)

Part

4

5

6

7

8

9

10

10

11

11

12

13

14

15

16

17

18

19

20

21

Mounting bolts

-

-


Spare partsSize 10

1

1

2

1

11

1

2

-

2

-

2

1

2

1

1

1

1

1

1

1

4

-

Size 25

1

1

2

1

11

1

-

2

-

2

2

1

2

1

1

1

1

1

1

1

-

4

Cat. No.

049841905686480567675056767607018100701853072079107012900701298070125607012520701297070126507012530701251070125907014840701227065525405685190660051

07004800700500

1 set of spare parts consists of parts 10 to 18.



Subplates

G 1/2 with hole pattern to DIN 24340-E 10 and ISO 6264-AR-06-2-AG 1 with hole pattern to DIN 24340-E 25 and ISO 6264-AS-08-2-A

Size

10

25

b1

180

155

b2

14

28.5

b3

13

42.5

b4

27

35

b5

54

70

b6

162

127

b7

27

35

b8

142

105

b9

0

0

d1

27

40

d2

G 1/2

G 1

d3

19

19

d4

G 1/4

G 1/4

d5

10

20

d6

5

6

d7

7.3

7.3

d8

M 12

M 16

d9

17.5

20

d10

11

14

Size

10

25

h1

32

40

h2

18

23.5

h3

20

25

h4

0.5

0.5

l1

121

140

l2

54

90.5

l3

103

185.7

l4

54

66.7

l5

31.8

55.6

l6

31.8

33.3

l7

33.5

27

l8

24.5

20

l9

16.4

11.1

l10

83.3

97.5

l11

52.8

57.5

l12

63

33.3

l13

15.8

14.1

l14

117

135

Spare part drawings

D F S .. H ...D FG S .. H ...D FW S .. H ...D FA S .. H ...



Note: Designs shown are D F S and D FW S

Remove screw plug whenusing a remote pilot control

Only forsize 10

Recess inequipment panel

Position of guide pin Section A-A Section B-B

Section A-A

For internal oil return Y use bolt M 6 x 18 DIN 912 0700399For external oil return Y use bolt M 6 x 18 DIN 912 0700403

Remove screw when mountinga sequence valve

Pressure Relief ValvesSize 10 and 25

with solenoid-actuated relief, oilot operatedInterface to DIN 24 340 and ISO 6264

PN [pmax.] = 315 bar 7501402.06.01.06

DesignThe relief valves of Type D F are pilot-operated poppetvalves. The fitted directional control valve can be usedto relieve pressure on the pressure valve. Pressurerelief with deenergized directional control valves (typesD F S and D FW S) or energized directional controlvalves (types D FG S and D FA S).


MountingThe units are bolted on subplates.

Line connectionSubplate, interface to DIN 24 340 and ISO 6264



Features

Type keyRelief valveD ... S ... ... G ... 001 ... O ...

1 2 3 4 5 6

SubplateP DB ... G ... 001 ... O O

1 2 3

1 Operating F – Pressure relief valvecharacteristics: Pressure relief with de-ener-

gized directional control valve.DC-operated

FG – Pressure relief valvePressure relief with ener-gized directional control valve.DC-operated

FW – Pressure relief valvePressure relief with de-ener-gized directional control valve.AC-operated

FA – Pressure relief valvePressure relief with ener-gized directional control valve.AC-operated

2 Size: 10, 253 Actuation: H – Manual adjustment

HV – Manual adjustment, lockable

HK – Set-screw with cover(lead-sealed)

4 Pressure-setting 70 – Up to 100 barrange: 90 – Up to 315 bar


6 Sealing- O – Perbunanmaterial: V – Viton

1 Size: 10, 252 Line connection: 4 – G 1/2 (internal- Size 10

6 – G 1 thread to Size 25DIN ISO228/1)




Tel.: +49 (0) 70 33/30 18-0

Fax: +49 (0) 70 33/30 18-10


[email protected]

Type designation D F S ... D FG S ... D FW S ... D FA S ...(pressure reliefvalve)

Type designation S 6 VH 10 G 088 001 6 O V S 6 VH 10 G 159 001 6 O V S 6 VG 11 G 088 001 6 O V S 6 VG 11 G 159 001 6 O V(directional controlvalve) Cat. No. 5204101.7234 5204097.7234 5204729.7234 5201083.7234Designation Directional control valve

Design Spool valve



Ambient-temperature-range ϑu [°C] From -20 ... +50

Size 6

Type designation D F S 10 ... G ... D F S 25 ... G ...


Symbol D F S ..., D FW S ... D FG S ..., D FA S ...

complete

simplified

Design Poppet valve, pilot operated





Actuation Manual setting, pressure relief via directional control valve

Weight [kg] 6 10

Weight of subplate [kg] 2 14.7

Ambient temperaturerange ϑu [°C] From –20 ... +50

Size 10 25


Adjustable pressure range pv [bar] pv min.: See characteristic curvepv max.: Pressure stage 70: ... 100



Viscosity range ν [mm2/s] From 12 ... 500


Control oil QSt [l/min] 0.5



Parameters of fitted directional control valve


Electrical parameters

Characteristic curves - Pressure valves

Response times te [ms] 30 to 50 30 to 40ta [ms] 10 to 50 30 to 40

Number of switchings/hour 15000

Rated voltage UN [V] 24 230 V 40 ... 60 Hz±10% ±10%

Other voltages upon request

Current draw DC P 20 [W] 32 -AC P 20 [VA] - 39

Duty cycle EDrel. [%] 100

Degree of protection for solenoids IP 00, with connector IP 65and electrical connection to DIN 40050

Electrical connection Connector to DIN 43650 on solenoid

Values for pv min. apply to external return of control oil, e.g. when a remote pilot control is being used and pressure at T = 0 bar

The units are designated by their type number. Thecomposition of this number can be drawn from the typecode. The standard versions are listed in the typesurvey. When ordering any of the standard versions,please state type number as well as catalog number topreclude possible misinterpretations.When inquiring about or ordering units not listed in ourtype survey of this publication, the type number madeup by you by means of the type code, however, will do.The corresponding catalog number will then be statedin our confirmation of order. Units with flanged connec-tion are delivered complete with fixing bolts andO-rings. The subplate must be ordered separately.

Wanted: Pressure relief valve with solenoid-actuatedrelief size 10, flanged with manual adjustment.Pressure setting up to max. 315 bar, with matchingsubplate.

Pressure relief valve:Type No.: D F S 10 H G 90 001 4 O OCat No.: 6015326.7234.02400Voltage: 24 VDC


Ordering


Example of order

Size

10

25

Q[l/min]


pv max.[bar]

100315

100315

Actuation

Manual setting

Line connection

Subplate G 1/2P DB 10 G 4 001 1 O O2852600Subplate G 1P DB 25 G 6 001 1 O O2852400

Type

D F S 10 H G 70 001 4 OOD F S 10 H G 90 001 4 OO

D F S 25 H G 70 001 2 OOD F S 25 H G 90 001 2 OO

Cat No.

6015325.72346015326.7234

6015393.72346015394.7234




D F S .. H ...D FG S .. H ...

D FW S .. H ...D FA S .. H ...



Size

10

25

b1

180

101

b2

13

15.5

d

M 12

M 16

h1

84

88

h2

165

168

h3

187

190

h4

167

170

h5

16

22

h6

12

16

l1

49

36

l2

174

184

l3

266

276

l4

271

281

Tightening torque

MA = 110 Nm with M 12

270 Nm with M 16

Check nut SW 17

Designation

Nozzle (dia. 0.7)eingeklebt

Nozzle (dia. 1.1)

Nozzle (dia. 1.0)

Nozzle (dia. 1.2)

Spring Pressure stage 70:Pressure stage 90:

Spring

O-ring (17.1 x 2.6)

O-ring (29.8 x 2.6)

O-ring (15.6 x 1.8)

O-ring (9.2 x 1.8)

O-ring (28.3 x 2.6)

O-ring (29.9 x 1.8)

O-ring (10.8 x 1.8)

O-ring (7.7 x 1.8)

O-ring (20.4 x 1.8)

O-ring (7.7 x 1.8)

Plug G 1 1/4

Usit-ring (6.7 x 10 x 1)


Key

Bolt (M 12 x 100 DIN 912-10.9)

Bolt (M 16 x 110 DIN 912-10.9)

Part

4

5

6

7

8

9

10

10

11

11

12

13

14

15

16

17

18

19

20

21

Mounting bolts

-

-


Spare partsSize 10

1

1

2

1

11

1

2

-

2

-

2

1

2

1

1

1

1

1

1

1

4

-

Size 25

1

1

2

1

11

1

-

2

-

2

2

1

2

1

1

1

1

1

1

1

-

4

Cat. No.

049841905686480567675056767607018100701853072079107012900701298070125607012520701297070126507012530701251070125907014840701227065525405685190660051

07004800700500

1 set of spare parts consists of parts 10 to 18.



Subplates

G 1/2 with hole pattern to DIN 24340-E 10 and ISO 6264-AR-06-2-AG 1 with hole pattern to DIN 24340-E 25 and ISO 6264-AS-08-2-A

Size

10

25

b1

180

155

b2

14

28.5

b3

13

42.5

b4

27

35

b5

54

70

b6

162

127

b7

27

35

b8

142

105

b9

0

0

d1

27

40

d2

G 1/2

G 1

d3

19

19

d4

G 1/4

G 1/4

d5

10

20

d6

5

6

d7

7.3

7.3

d8

M 12

M 16

d9

17.5

20

d10

11

14

Size

10

25

h1

32

40

h2

18

23.5

h3

20

25

h4

0.5

0.5

l1

121

140

l2

54

90.5

l3

103

185.7

l4

54

66.7

l5

31.8

55.6

l6

31.8

33.3

l7

33.5

27

l8

24.5

20

l9

16.4

11.1

l10

83.3

97.5

l11

52.8

57.5

l12

63

33.3

l13

15.8

14.1

l14

117

135

Spare part drawings

D F S .. H ...D FG S .. H ...D FW S .. H ...D FA S .. H ...



Note: Designs shown are D F S and D FW S

Remove screw plug whenusing a remote pilot control

Only forsize 10

Recess inequipment panel

Position of guide pin Section A-A Section B-B

Section A-A

For internal oil return Y use bolt M 6 x 18 DIN 912 0700399For external oil return Y use bolt M 6 x 18 DIN 912 0700403

Remove screw when mountinga sequence valve

Accumulator safety valvesSize 6 and 10Directly-controlledwith TÜV type approval according to DGR 97/23/EG, cartridge-type

PN [pmax.] = 10 to 350 bar 7501406.06.01.06

DesignThe accumulator safety valves of Type D B C aredirectly-operated seat valves, and have TÜV typeapproval. The maximum pressure is limited by a lead-sealed stop. The setting of the maximum pressure iscarried out in the factory. To prevent unauthorizedresetting to another pressure, the cover hood issecured by a lead seal. Accumulator safety valves areused to protect the hydraulic accumulator againstexcessive pressure. The accumulator safety valveshould be chosen such that the pump delivery is equalto or less than the permissible blowoff of the particularvalve, taking into account the operating pressure.

• High blowoff• Tightly-closing seat valve


Features

Type keyAccumulator safety valveD B C ... HK E ... 017 ... O ...

1 2 3 4

1 Size: 16 see table10

2 Operating-pressure: 10 – 110 bar61 – 163 bar70 – 100 bar75 – 150 bar80 – 210 bar85 – 250 bar89 – 300 bar90 – 315 bar

3 Engineering version: 14 Sealing material: O – Perbunan



Tel.: +49 (0) 70 33/30 18-0

Fax: +49 (0) 70 33/30 18-10


[email protected]

When ordering, please state type No. along withcatalog No. listed in the type survey overleaf.

Wanted: Accumulator safety valve size 6, pressuresetting 210 bar, blowoff max. 61 l/min.

Order: Accumulator safety valve,Type No.: D B C 6 HK E 80 017 1 O OCat. No.: 6014339

Ordering


Type designation D B C 6 .. D B C 10 ..

General parametersDesignation Accumulator safety valve

Symbol




Ambient temperaturerange ϑu max. [°C] –10 bis +50

Size ν NG 6 10

Hydraulic parametersOperating pressurerange pe [bar] Pressure stage 10: 110

Pressure stage 61: 163Pressure stage 70: 100Pressure stage 75: 150Pressure stage 80: 210Pressure stage 81: 235Pressure stage 85: 250Pressure stage 89: 300Pressure stage 90: 315Pressure stage 91: 350

Pressure fluidtemperature ϑm max. [°C] +70

Viscosity range ν [mm2/s] From 12 to 500

Blowoff G [l/min] See type survey



Type survey (standard designs)Size Operating pressure

pe [bar]BlowoffG [l/min]

TÜV type approval Type Cat. No.

6

10

30-39

40-49

50-62

63

64-69

70-79

80-89

90-99

100

101-110

111-129

130-149

150

151-159

160

160-174

175-189

190-209

210

211-219

220-229

230-239

235

240-249

250

250-274

275-299

300

300-329

330-350

350

10

63

100

150

210

250

300

310

315

5

10

13

20

13

14

17

23

45

45

17

25

40

39

39

39

46

52

61

35

40

45

50

50

55

55

60

65

65

70

70

24

90

110

130

150

160

150

150

150

TÜV.SV.00.527.6.F.63.20

TÜV.SV.00.527.6.F.100.45

TÜV.SV.00.527.6.F.150.40

TÜV.SV.00.527.6.F.160.39

TÜV.SV.00.527.6.F.210.61

TÜV.SV.00.527.6.F.235.50

TÜV.SV.00.527.6.F.250.55

TÜV.SV.00.527.6.F.300.65

TÜV.SV.00.527.6.F.350.70

TÜV.SV.00.620.10.F.24.10

TÜV.SV.00.620.10.F.90.63

TÜV.SV.00.620.10.F.110.100

TÜV.SV.00.620.10.F.130.150

TÜV.SV.00.620.10.F.150.210

TÜV.SV.00.620.10.F.160.250

TÜV.SV.00.620.10.F.150.300

TÜV.SV.00.620.10.F.150.310

TÜV.SV.00.620.10.F.150.315

D B C 6 HK E 61 017 1 O O

D B C 6 HK E 70 017 1 O O

D B C 6 HK E 75 017 1 O O

D B C 6 HK E 76 017 1 O O

D B C 6 HK E 80 017 1 O O

D B C 6 HK E 81 017 1 O O

D B C 6 HK E 85 017 1 O O

D B C 6 HK E 89 017 1 O O

D B C 6 HK E 91 017 1 O O

D B C 10 HK E 10 017 1 O O

D B C 10 HK E 61 017 1 O O

D B C 10 HK E 70 017 1 O O

D B C 10 HK E 75 017 1 O O

D B C 10 HK E 80 017 1 O O

D B C 10 HK E 85 017 1 O O

D B C 10 HK E 89 017 1 O O

D B C 10 HK E 99 017 1 O O

D B C 10 HK E 90 017 1 O O

will be compiled when ordering



6014336will be compiled when ordering



















6015209601587160147446014745601461060147466014747601474860157996015810


Dimensional drawingsPressure valveD B C 6 .. E ..

Receiving boreFor D B C 6 .. E ..

Spare parts drawingsD B C 6 HK ..

D B C 10 HK ..

D B C 10 .. E ..For D B C 10 .. E ..

DesignationPart Qty.

Spare partsCat. No.

Usit-ring (17,4 x 24 x 1,5)

O-ring (20,3 x 2,6)

1

2

1

1

06571210701514

1 Set of spare parts consists of parts 1 and 2.These spare parts are not available separately.

DesignationPart Qty. Cat. No.


O-ring (26,7 x 2,6)

1

2

1

1

06590440701518


Lead-sealed

Lead-sealed

Optional

Depth

Optional

Depth


Notice:

Accumulator safety valvesSize 6 and 10Directly-controlledwith TÜV type approval according to DGR 97/23/EG, cartridge-type

PN [pmax.] = 10 to 350 bar 7501406.06.01.06

DesignThe accumulator safety valves of Type D B C aredirectly-operated seat valves, and have TÜV typeapproval. The maximum pressure is limited by a lead-sealed stop. The setting of the maximum pressure iscarried out in the factory. To prevent unauthorizedresetting to another pressure, the cover hood issecured by a lead seal. Accumulator safety valves areused to protect the hydraulic accumulator againstexcessive pressure. The accumulator safety valveshould be chosen such that the pump delivery is equalto or less than the permissible blowoff of the particularvalve, taking into account the operating pressure.

• High blowoff• Tightly-closing seat valve


Features

Type keyAccumulator safety valveD B C ... HK E ... 017 ... O ...

1 2 3 4

1 Size: 16 see table10

2 Operating-pressure: 10 – 110 bar61 – 163 bar70 – 100 bar75 – 150 bar80 – 210 bar85 – 250 bar89 – 300 bar90 – 315 bar

3 Engineering version: 14 Sealing material: O – Perbunan



Tel.: +49 (0) 70 33/30 18-0

Fax: +49 (0) 70 33/30 18-10


[email protected]

When ordering, please state type No. along withcatalog No. listed in the type survey overleaf.

Wanted: Accumulator safety valve size 6, pressuresetting 210 bar, blowoff max. 61 l/min.

Order: Accumulator safety valve,Type No.: D B C 6 HK E 80 017 1 O OCat. No.: 6014339

Ordering


Type designation D B C 6 .. D B C 10 ..

General parametersDesignation Accumulator safety valve

Symbol




Ambient temperaturerange ϑu max. [°C] –10 bis +50

Size ν NG 6 10

Hydraulic parametersOperating pressurerange pe [bar] Pressure stage 10: 110

Pressure stage 61: 163Pressure stage 70: 100Pressure stage 75: 150Pressure stage 80: 210Pressure stage 81: 235Pressure stage 85: 250Pressure stage 89: 300Pressure stage 90: 315Pressure stage 91: 350

Pressure fluidtemperature ϑm max. [°C] +70

Viscosity range ν [mm2/s] From 12 to 500

Blowoff G [l/min] See type survey



Type survey (standard designs)Size Operating pressure

pe [bar]BlowoffG [l/min]

TÜV type approval Type Cat. No.

6

10

30-39

40-49

50-62

63

64-69

70-79

80-89

90-99

100

101-110

111-129

130-149

150

151-159

160

160-174

175-189

190-209

210

211-219

220-229

230-239

235

240-249

250

250-274

275-299

300

300-329

330-350

350

10

63

100

150

210

250

300

310

315

5

10

13

20

13

14

17

23

45

45

17

25

40

39

39

39

46

52

61

35

40

45

50

50

55

55

60

65

65

70

70

24

90

110

130

150

160

150

150

150

TÜV.SV.00.527.6.F.63.20

TÜV.SV.00.527.6.F.100.45

TÜV.SV.00.527.6.F.150.40

TÜV.SV.00.527.6.F.160.39

TÜV.SV.00.527.6.F.210.61

TÜV.SV.00.527.6.F.235.50

TÜV.SV.00.527.6.F.250.55

TÜV.SV.00.527.6.F.300.65

TÜV.SV.00.527.6.F.350.70

TÜV.SV.00.620.10.F.24.10

TÜV.SV.00.620.10.F.90.63

TÜV.SV.00.620.10.F.110.100

TÜV.SV.00.620.10.F.130.150

TÜV.SV.00.620.10.F.150.210

TÜV.SV.00.620.10.F.160.250

TÜV.SV.00.620.10.F.150.300

TÜV.SV.00.620.10.F.150.310

TÜV.SV.00.620.10.F.150.315

D B C 6 HK E 61 017 1 O O

D B C 6 HK E 70 017 1 O O

D B C 6 HK E 75 017 1 O O

D B C 6 HK E 76 017 1 O O

D B C 6 HK E 80 017 1 O O

D B C 6 HK E 81 017 1 O O

D B C 6 HK E 85 017 1 O O

D B C 6 HK E 89 017 1 O O

D B C 6 HK E 91 017 1 O O

D B C 10 HK E 10 017 1 O O

D B C 10 HK E 61 017 1 O O

D B C 10 HK E 70 017 1 O O

D B C 10 HK E 75 017 1 O O

D B C 10 HK E 80 017 1 O O

D B C 10 HK E 85 017 1 O O

D B C 10 HK E 89 017 1 O O

D B C 10 HK E 99 017 1 O O

D B C 10 HK E 90 017 1 O O























6015209601587160147446014745601461060147466014747601474860157996015810


Dimensional drawingsPressure valveD B C 6 .. E ..

Receiving boreFor D B C 6 .. E ..

Spare parts drawingsD B C 6 HK ..

D B C 10 HK ..

D B C 10 .. E ..For D B C 10 .. E ..

DesignationPart Qty.

Spare partsCat. No.

Usit-ring (17,4 x 24 x 1,5)

O-ring (20,3 x 2,6)

1

2

1

1

06571210701514


DesignationPart Qty. Cat. No.


O-ring (26,7 x 2,6)

1

2

1

1

06590440701518


Lead-sealed

Lead-sealed

Optional

Depth

Optional

Depth


Notice:

2-way pressure reducing valveNG 10, 25 and 32

indirectly-controlledInterface to DIN 24 340 and ISO

PN [pmax.] = 315 bar 7501407.06.01.06

DesignThe pressure reducing valves of Type D M K areindirectly-controlled spool-type valves.



Line connectionSubplate, interface toDIN 24 340 and ISO.

• High flow rating• Sensitive adjustment• Stable control characteristics


Features

Type codePressure reducing valveD M K ... ... G ... 001 ... O ...

1 2 3 4 5

SubplateP DM ... G ... 001 ... O O

1 2 3

1 Nominal size NG:102532


HV – Manual setting (lockable)


3 Pressure- 70 – Up to 100 barsetting range: 90 – Up to 315 bar

4 Engineering 2version:

5 Sealing O – Perbunanmaterial: V – Viton

1 Nomin: 102532

2 Line connection: 4 – G 1/2 (Internal- NG 106 – G 1 thread NG 258 – G 1 1/2 to NG 32

DIN ISO228/1)




Tel.: +49 (0) 70 33/30 18-0

Fax: +49 (0) 70 33/30 18-10


[email protected]


Type designation D M K 10..G... D M K 25..G... D M K 32..G...

General parametersDesignation Pressure reducing valve

Symbol

complete

simplified

Design Spool-type valve, indirectly-controlled




Flow direction From B to A


Weight of pressure reducing valve [kg] 4,9 8,2 10

Weight of subplate [kg] 1,6 3,7 5,9

Ambienttemperature ϑu [°C] –20 ... +50

Size ν NG 10 25 32


Adjustable pressure range pv [bar] Pressure stage 70: 5 bis 100Pressure stage 90: 5 bis 315

Pressure medium temperature ϑm max. [°C] +70



Control oil flow QSt [l/min] 0,5



Note: If flow is from AfB, setting pressure

pv must be higher than the max. return pressure at port B and

corresponding Vp of diagram.

Outlet

pre

ssure

p

(Spool position open)


The units are designated by their type number. Thecomposition of this number can be drawn from the typecode. The standard versions are listed in the typesurvey. When ordering any of the standard versions,please state type number as well as catalog number topreclude possible misinterpretations. When inquiringabout or ordering units not listed in our type survey ofthis publication, the type number made up by you bymeans of the type code, however, will do. Thecorresponding catalog number will then be stated in ourconfirmation of order. Units with flanged connection aredelivered complete with fixing bolts and O-rings. Thesubplate must be ordered separately.

Wanted: Pressure reducing valve NG 10 for flangedmounting with manual setting. Setting pressure max.315 bar, with mating subplate.

Pressure reducing valve:Type-No.: D M K 10 H G 90 001 2 O OCat. No.: 6058600

Subplate:Type-No.: P DM 10 G 4 001 1 O OCat. No.: 2840002

Ordering



NG

10

25

32

Q[l/min]

140

150

350

pv max.[bar]

100315

100315

100315

Actuation

Manual setting

Line connection

Subplate G 1/2P DM 10 G 4 001 1 O O2840002Subplate G 1P DM 25 G 6 001 1 O O2840003Subplate G 1 1/2P DM 32 G 8 001 1 O O2840004

Typ

D M K 10 H G 70 001 2 OOD M K 10 H G 90 001 2 OO

D M K 25 H G 70 001 2 OOD M K 25 H G 90 001 2 OO

D M K 32 H G 70 001 2 OOD M K 32 H G 90 001 2 OO

Cat. No.

60584006058600

60588006059000

60592006059400


Pressure reducing valves D M K..H... D M K..HV...

NG

10

25

32

b1

188,5

103,5

119

b2

11

12

11

h1

86

86

98

h2

168

168

182

h3

183

183

197

h4

163

163

177

l1

135

176

178

l2

31

51

37

D M K..HK...

max. tightening torgue

MA = 62 Nm

Check nut

SW 17

Check nut

SW 17



Subplates

G 1/2 with hole pattern according to DIN 24340-D 10-1 and ISO 5781-AG-06-2-AG 1 with hole pattern according to DIN 24340-D 25-1 and ISO 5781-AH-08-2-AG 1 1/2 with hole pattern according to DIN 24340-D 32-1 and ISO 5781-AJ-10-2-A

NG

10

25

32

b1

130

147

160

b2

11,5

11,5

10,8

b3

107

124

138,5

b4

31,7

33,8

31,6

b5

7,9

6,4

3,9

b6

33,3

39,7

48,4

b7

58,7

73

92,9

b8

66,6

79,4

96,8

b9

28

26,7

24,7

b10

53,5

62

69,2

b11

79

97,3

113,7

b12

107

124

138,5

b13

12

10

9

b14

83

103

120

d1

G 1/2

G 1

G11/2

d2

10

20

32

NG

10

25

32

h1

29

38

43

h4

8,5

13,5

18,5

l1

75

112

145

l2

16,1

25,8

30,5

l3

42,8

60,4

84

l4

7,1

11,2

16,6

l5

21,4

20,6

24,5

l6

11

15,8

21,3

l7

-

-

42

l8

21,4

39,7

59,5

l9

35,7

49,2

67,7

l10

3

2,2

6

l11

21,4

20,6

24,5

l12

21,4

39,7

59,5

l13

39,8

58,2

78

l14

73

110

142

l15

15

25

29

l16

42,8

60,4

84

Only for

ND 32

Recess for

connections in

control panel

Section A-B Section C-D

Designation

Spring

Pressure stage 70

Pressure stage 90:

Spring

Spring

Spring

Nozzle (ø 1,2 mm)

Nozzle (ø 1,1 mm)

Nozzle (ø 0,8 mm)

Valve seat

Cone

O-ring (17,1 x 2,6)

O-ring (28,2 x 2,6)

O-ring (37,7 x 3,5)

O-ring (20,4 x 1,8)

O-ring (28,2 x 3,5)

O-ring (36,1 x 3,5)

Part

1

2

2

2

3

4

5

6

7

8

8

8

9

9

9


Spare parts (Numer of pieces)

NG 10

1

1

1

-

-

2

1

1

1

1

2

-

-

1

-

-

NG 25

1

1

-

1

-

2

1

1

1

1

-

2

-

-

2

-

NG 32

1

1

-

-

1

2

1

1

1

1

-

-

2

-

-

2

Cat. No.

07018100701853

07223180722319072232005676760568648049841607261790499833070129007012970701350070125907013440701349

Designation

O-ring (77,7 x 1,8)

O-ring (20,4 x 1,8)

O-ring (9,2 x 1,8)

Lock cylinder

with key

Key

Part

10

11

12

13

14

NG 10

2

1

3

1

1

NG 25

2

1

3

1

1

NG 32

2

1

3

1

1

Cat. No.

0701621070125907012520568519

0660051

Spare parts

Spare parts

Spare parts

8...12

8...12

8...12

1

-

-

-

1

-

-

-

1

072655007266990726645


D M K..H... D M K..HV...

D M K..HK...

Spare parts kits

Cylinder bolt

(M10 x 90

DIN 912-10.9)

Cylinder bolt

(M10 x 100

DIN 912-10.9)

-

-

4

-

4

-

-

6

0700462

0700465

Mounting bolts


Notes:

2-way pressure reducing valveNG 10, 25 and 32

indirectly-controlledInterface to DIN 24 340 and ISO

PN [pmax.] = 315 bar 7501407.06.01.06

DesignThe pressure reducing valves of Type D M K areindirectly-controlled spool-type valves.



Line connectionSubplate, interface toDIN 24 340 and ISO.



Features

Type codePressure reducing valveD M K ... ... G ... 001 ... O ...

1 2 3 4 5

SubplateP DM ... G ... 001 ... O O

1 2 3

1 Nominal size NG:102532




3 Pressure- 70 – Up to 100 barsetting range: 90 – Up to 315 bar



1 Nomin: 102532

2 Line connection: 4 – G 1/2 (Internal- NG 106 – G 1 thread NG 258 – G 1 1/2 to NG 32

DIN ISO228/1)




Tel.: +49 (0) 70 33/30 18-0

Fax: +49 (0) 70 33/30 18-10


[email protected]


Type designation D M K 10..G... D M K 25..G... D M K 32..G...


Symbol

complete

simplified

Design Spool-type valve, indirectly-controlled




Flow direction From B to A


Weight of pressure reducing valve [kg] 4,9 8,2 10

Weight of subplate [kg] 1,6 3,7 5,9

Ambienttemperature ϑu [°C] –20 ... +50

Size ν NG 10 25 32


Adjustable pressure range pv [bar] Pressure stage 70: 5 bis 100Pressure stage 90: 5 bis 315

Pressure medium temperature ϑm max. [°C] +70



Control oil flow QSt [l/min] 0,5



Note: If flow is from AfB, setting pressure

pv must be higher than the max. return pressure at port B and

corresponding Vp of diagram.

Outlet

pre

ssure

p

(Spool position open)


The units are designated by their type number. Thecomposition of this number can be drawn from the typecode. The standard versions are listed in the typesurvey. When ordering any of the standard versions,please state type number as well as catalog number topreclude possible misinterpretations. When inquiringabout or ordering units not listed in our type survey ofthis publication, the type number made up by you bymeans of the type code, however, will do. Thecorresponding catalog number will then be stated in ourconfirmation of order. Units with flanged connection aredelivered complete with fixing bolts and O-rings. Thesubplate must be ordered separately.

Wanted: Pressure reducing valve NG 10 for flangedmounting with manual setting. Setting pressure max.315 bar, with mating subplate.

Pressure reducing valve:Type-No.: D M K 10 H G 90 001 2 O OCat. No.: 6058600

Subplate:Type-No.: P DM 10 G 4 001 1 O OCat. No.: 2840002

Ordering



NG

10

25

32

Q[l/min]

140

150

350

pv max.[bar]

100315

100315

100315

Actuation

Manual setting

Line connection

Subplate G 1/2P DM 10 G 4 001 1 O O2840002Subplate G 1P DM 25 G 6 001 1 O O2840003Subplate G 1 1/2P DM 32 G 8 001 1 O O2840004

Typ

D M K 10 H G 70 001 2 OOD M K 10 H G 90 001 2 OO

D M K 25 H G 70 001 2 OOD M K 25 H G 90 001 2 OO

D M K 32 H G 70 001 2 OOD M K 32 H G 90 001 2 OO

Cat. No.

60584006058600

60588006059000

60592006059400


Pressure reducing valves D M K..H... D M K..HV...

NG

10

25

32

b1

188,5

103,5

119

b2

11

12

11

h1

86

86

98

h2

168

168

182

h3

183

183

197

h4

163

163

177

l1

135

176

178

l2

31

51

37

D M K..HK...

max. tightening torgue

MA = 62 Nm

Check nut

SW 17

Check nut

SW 17



Subplates

G 1/2 with hole pattern according to DIN 24340-D 10-1 and ISO 5781-AG-06-2-AG 1 with hole pattern according to DIN 24340-D 25-1 and ISO 5781-AH-08-2-AG 1 1/2 with hole pattern according to DIN 24340-D 32-1 and ISO 5781-AJ-10-2-A

NG

10

25

32

b1

130

147

160

b2

11,5

11,5

10,8

b3

107

124

138,5

b4

31,7

33,8

31,6

b5

7,9

6,4

3,9

b6

33,3

39,7

48,4

b7

58,7

73

92,9

b8

66,6

79,4

96,8

b9

28

26,7

24,7

b10

53,5

62

69,2

b11

79

97,3

113,7

b12

107

124

138,5

b13

12

10

9

b14

83

103

120

d1

G 1/2

G 1

G11/2

d2

10

20

32

NG

10

25

32

h1

29

38

43

h4

8,5

13,5

18,5

l1

75

112

145

l2

16,1

25,8

30,5

l3

42,8

60,4

84

l4

7,1

11,2

16,6

l5

21,4

20,6

24,5

l6

11

15,8

21,3

l7

-

-

42

l8

21,4

39,7

59,5

l9

35,7

49,2

67,7

l10

3

2,2

6

l11

21,4

20,6

24,5

l12

21,4

39,7

59,5

l13

39,8

58,2

78

l14

73

110

142

l15

15

25

29

l16

42,8

60,4

84

Only for

ND 32

Recess for

connections in

control panel

Section A-B Section C-D

Designation

Spring

Pressure stage 70

Pressure stage 90:

Spring

Spring

Spring

Nozzle (ø 1,2 mm)

Nozzle (ø 1,1 mm)

Nozzle (ø 0,8 mm)

Valve seat

Cone

O-ring (17,1 x 2,6)

O-ring (28,2 x 2,6)

O-ring (37,7 x 3,5)

O-ring (20,4 x 1,8)

O-ring (28,2 x 3,5)

O-ring (36,1 x 3,5)

Part

1

2

2

2

3

4

5

6

7

8

8

8

9

9

9


Spare parts (Numer of pieces)

NG 10

1

1

1

-

-

2

1

1

1

1

2

-

-

1

-

-

NG 25

1

1

-

1

-

2

1

1

1

1

-

2

-

-

2

-

NG 32

1

1

-

-

1

2

1

1

1

1

-

-

2

-

-

2

Cat. No.

07018100701853

07223180722319072232005676760568648049841607261790499833070129007012970701350070125907013440701349

Designation

O-ring (77,7 x 1,8)

O-ring (20,4 x 1,8)

O-ring (9,2 x 1,8)

Lock cylinder

with key

Key

Part

10

11

12

13

14

NG 10

2

1

3

1

1

NG 25

2

1

3

1

1

NG 32

2

1

3

1

1

Cat. No.

0701621070125907012520568519

0660051

Spare parts

Spare parts

Spare parts

8...12

8...12

8...12

1

-

-

-

1

-

-

-

1

072655007266990726645


D M K..H... D M K..HV...

D M K..HK...

Spare parts kits

Cylinder bolt

(M10 x 90

DIN 912-10.9)

Cylinder bolt

(M10 x 100

DIN 912-10.9)

-

-

4

-

4

-

-

6

0700462

0700465

Mounting bolts


Notes:

3-way pressurereducing valvesSize 10Indirectly controlledHERION port dimensions

PN [pmax.] = 315 bar 7501409.06.02.06

DesignThe pressure reducing valves of Type D Y K areindirectly controlled spool-type valves.

ActuationThe pressure is set manually by means of a rotaryknob. The setting can, if desired, be safeguarded bylock (E-10type) or lead seal.


Line connectionSubplate, HERION port dimensions.(Similar to 2-way pressure reducing valves DIN 24 340)



Features

Type codePressure reducing valveD Y K 10 ... A ... 001 ... O ...

1 2 3 4

SubplateP DY 10 A 4 005 ... O O

1










Tel.: +49 (0) 70 33/30 18-0

Fax: +49 (0) 70 33/30 18-10


[email protected]


Type designation D Y K 10 ...


Symbol

Design Spool-type valve, pilot controlled




Flow direction from B to A, from A to Y


Weight [kg] 4.9

Weight of subplate [kg] 1.6


Size ν NG 10

Hydraulic parametersOperating pressure range pe [bar] up to 315

Adjustable pressure range pv [bar] Pressure stage 70: 5 to 100Pressure stage 90: 5 to 315


Visosity range ν [mm2/s] 12 to 500


Control oil flow QSt [l/min] 0.5



Flow resistance BfA with piston in open position

Port X blocked in

subplate if Y is used

for return of control oil

pv values valid if pY = 0 bar

Increase of outlet pressure



2-way pressure reducing valve size 10 for flangedmounting with manual setting. Setting pressure max.315 bar, with mating subplate.

3-way pressure reducing valve:Type No.: D Y K 10 H A 90 001 2 O OCat. No.: 6014254

Subplate:Type No.: P DY 10 A 4 005 1 O OCat. No.: 2840085

Ordering


Example of order

Size

10

Q[l/min]

70

pv max.[bar]

100315

Actuation

Manual

Line connection

Subplate G 1/2P DY 10 A 4 005 1 O O(Port X closed)2840085

Type

1) D Y K 10 H A 70 001 2 OO1) D Y K 10 H A 90 001 2 OO

Cat No.

60142536014254

Dimensional drawings (in mm)

Pressure reducing valves

D Y K..H... D Y K..HK...

D Y K..HV...

1) Note: Unit is furnished with internal control oil return via port Y (standard version).For units with external control oil return via port X, not instructions on spare parts drawings.

Designation

Spring pressure stage 70

pressure stage 90

O-ring (17.1 x 2.6)

O-ring (7.7 x 1.8)

O-ring (20.3 x 1.8)

O-ring (9.2 x 1.8)


Key

Part

1

2

3

5

6

7

8

Qty.

1

5

2

1

2

1

1


Spare parts Spar parts kits

Dimensional drawings (in mm)

SubplateP DY 10 A 4 005 1 O O

Cat. No.

07018100701853070129007016210701259070125205685190660051

Cat. No. 07273121 Set of spare parts consists of parts 2 to 6.

Cylinder bolt

(M10 x 90 DIN 912-10.9)

- 4 0700462Mounting bolts, tightening torque = 69 Nm


D Y K..H... D Y K..HV...

Closed by means of screw 0700514

if control oil is returned externally via X.

Section A - B

Line connection: Mounting:

Subplate On subplate be means of boltsSealing by means of O-rings

Threaded port On equipment rack, etc. by means of bolts

Plug-in design Complete unit is screwed intothreaded bore

Pressure relief valvesSize 10

direct operatedinterface to DIN 24 340 and ISO 6264

PN [pmax.] = 315 bar 7501410.06.02.06

DesignThe pressure relief valves of type D B C 10 are direct-operated seat valves.

ActuationThe pressure is set manually by means of a rotaryknob. The setting can, if desired, be locked (E10-closure) or lead sealed.

Line connection and mountingThe mounting of the units depends on the line connec-tion and type:

• High flow rating• Insensitive to vibration


Features

Type key

D B C 10 ... ... ... ... 001 ... O ...1 2 3 4 5 6

SubplateP DB 10 G ... 001 ... O O

1 2


HV – Manual setting(lockable)


2 Line connection: S5 – Threaded port -flange mounting

E – Plug-in design

G – Subplate, interfaceto DIN 24 340-E10 andISO 6264-AR-06-2-A

3 Port size: 5 – G 3/4(except plug-in- (Internal thread todesign and subplate DIN ISO 228/1)


80 – up to 210 bar90 – up to 315 bar


2 – (with subplate)


1 Line connection: 4 – G 1/2 (Internal thread1) 5 – G 3/4 to DIN ISO

228/1)




Tel.: +49 (0) 70 33/30 18-0

Fax: +49 (0) 70 33/30 18-10


[email protected]

1) Upon request

Pressure relief valve

Type designation D B C 10...S5.. D B C 10...G.. D B C 10...E..


Symbol

Design Seat valve, directoperated

Type mounting FlangePlug-in design

Line connection Thread Subplate



Actuation By hand

Weight [kg] 2.6 2.6 0.7

Weight of subplate [kg] - 2 -

Ambient temperaturerange ϑu [°C] –20 to +50

Size NG 10

Hydraulic parametersOperating pressure range pe max. [bar] Up to 315

Adjustable pressure range pv [bar] pv min.: see characteristic curvepv max.:Pressure stage: 50: 150Pressure stage: 70: 100Pressure stage: 80: 210Pressure stage: 90: 315


Viscosity range ν [mm2/s] 12 bis 500




Characteristic curve

pv min. = smallest adjustable pressure under which valve remains closedby pressure spring Q = 0 (l/min).

Pre

ssure

sta

ge

Pre

ssure

sta

ge



Wanted: Pressure relief valve size 10, with threadedport for switch board installation, with manual setting,setting pressure max. 315 bar

Pressure relief valve:Type No.: D B C 10 H S 5 90 001 1 O OCat. No.: 6014598

Ordering


Example of order


Size

10

Q[l/min]


pv max.[bar]

150

100

210

315

150

100

210

315

150

100

210

315

Actuation

By hand

Type

D B C 10 H S5 50 001 1 O O

D B C 10 H S5 70 001 1 O O

D B C 10 H S5 80 001 1 O O

D B C 10 H S5 90 001 1 O O

D B C 10 H E 50 001 1 O O

D B C 10 H E 70 001 1 O O

D B C 10 H E 80 001 1 O O

D B C 10 H E 90 001 1 O O

D B C 10 H G 50 001 2 O O

D B C 10 H G 70 001 2 O O

D B C 10 H G 80 001 2 O O

D B C 10 H G 90 001 2 O O

Cat. No.

601462160146226014623601459860146016014624601462560145746014626601462760146286014597

Line connection

Threaded connectionFlange mounting

Plug-in connection

Subplate G 1/2P D B 10 G 4 001 1 O O 2852600

D B C 10 H S5... D B C 10 HV S5...

D B C 10 HK S5...



Pressure relief valveD B C 10 H E...Tightening torque approx. 140 Nm

Subplate with hole pattern to DIN 24 340-E10 and ISO 6264-AR-06-2-AG 1/2

Mounting boreto D B C 10..E...

D B C 10 HV E... D B C 10 HK E...

D B C 10 H G... D B C 10 HV G...

D B C 10 HK G...


Spare part drawings

D B C 10 H S5... D B C 10 HV...

D B C 10 H G...

D B C 10 H E...

D B C 10 HK...

Designation

Usit-ring(22.7 x 30 x 2)

O-ring (26.7 x 2.6)

O-ring (7.6 x 1.8)

O-ring (20.3 x 1.8)

SpringPressure stage 50Pressure stage 70Pressure stage 80Pressure stage 90

O-ring (13.9 x 2.6)

Lock cylinderwith key

Key

Part

1

2

3

4

5

6

7

8

Cylinder bolt(M 12 x 65DIN 912-10.9)

-


D B C 10 H S5...D B C 10 HK S5...D B C 10 H E...D B C 10 HK E...

1

1

1

1

1111

-

-

-

-

1

-

1...4

D B C 10 HV S5...D B C 10 HV E...

1

1

1

1

1111

-

1

1

-

1

-

1...4

D B C 10 H G...D B C 10 HK G...

1

1

1

1

1111

2

-

-

4

-

1

1...4 and 6

D B C 10 HV G...

1

1

1

1

1111

2

1

1

4

-

1

1...4 and 6

Cat. No.

0659044

070151807014840701259

072069107206920720693072040307012890568519

0660051

0700476

07275990727600

-

Mounting bolts

Spare parts sets

1 set consistingof parts:

2-Way Flow Control ValvesNominal sizes 6 and 10

as intermediate device for directional control valves NG 6 and 10Interface to DIN 24 340 and ISO 4401

PN [pmax.] = 315 bar 7501416.06.05.06

DesignThe standard flow control valves are fitted to supportplates, and can therefore be used as intermediatedevices.

ActuationThe flow rate is adjusted manually by means of a rotaryknob. The setting can if desired be safeguarded bymeans of a lock (Type E 10).

MountingThe devices are bolted into position between the direc-tional control valve and subplate and sealed by meansof O-rings. For dimensions and mounting materialplease see 7501421.

Line connectionSubplate, interface to DIN 24 340 and ISO 4401, inter-mediate connection.

• Simple mounting, thanks to tubeless connection

• Space-saving design

• Allows control to be extended at low cost


Features

Type key

1 Operatingcharacteristics: R0 - Flow control at B

(NG 6 only)R1 - Flow control at A

(NG 6 only)R2 - Flow control at A and B

(NG 6 and NG 10)R3 - Flow control at P

(NG 10 only)R4 - Flow control at AZ or BR

(NG 10 only)R5 - Flow control at AR or BZ

(NG 10 only)R7 - Flow control at T

(NG 10 only)R8 - Flow control at P or T

(NG 6 only)



Tel.: +49 (0) 70 33/30 18-0

Fax: +49 (0) 70 33/30 18-10


[email protected]


3 Flow rate: 1 - 12 l/min3 - 18 l/min4 - 16 l/min

024 - 24 l/min

4 Code No.: 001 - Standard design002 - With quick-motion slide DC

5 Engineering version: 16 Sealing material: V - Viton

M ... S ... HV GZ ... ... ... O V1 2 3 4 5

2-way flow control valve

General parametersDesignation 2-way flow control valve


Design Orifice-type restrictor with upstream differential-pressure piston

Type of mounting Intermediate mounting

Line connection Intermediate connection


Flow direction See symbol in type survey

Actuation Manual adjustment


Nominal size NG 6 10

Hydraulic parameters for flow control valvesOperating pressure range pe max. [bar] ... 315

Operating pressure gradient Q [l/min] 2 8 16 24

with VpA-B min/max [bar] 4/100 12.5/300 20/300



Flow Qmax [l/min] 0.02 ... 16

Actuating moment Mb [Ncm] 10


Grade of filtration upstream

of flow control valve s [mm] 0.01 ... Q = 500 cm3/min

0.05 from Q > 500 cm3/min onwards

Electrical parameters for the directional control valveDC

Switching time t approx. ton [ms] 50

toff [ms] 30

Number of switchings/h approx. 15000


(other voltages available on request) 24

Power consumption P20 [W] DC 32

P20 [VA] AC -


Degree of protection for solenoid

an electrical connection to DIN 40050 IP 54

Electrical connection Plug socket to DIN 43 650

For other parameters, see 7500990 for the flow control valve and 7501295 for the directional control valve.



Characteristic curvesNG 6 NG 10


Type survey (standard design)NG Q

[l/min]VpA-B[bar]

Symbol 1) Type Cat. No.

6 0,02 ... 120,03 ... 180,03 ... 160,03 ... 24

13,5 ... 10010 ... 30510 ... 30515 ... 300

M R0 S 16 HV GZ 1 001 1 O VM R0 S 16 HV GZ 3 001 1 O VM R0 S 16 HV GZ 4 001 1 O VM R0 S 16 HV GZ 024 001 1 O V

5100037510007151000955100195

10 0,02 ... 120,03 ... 180,03 ... 16

13,5 ... 10010 ... 30510 ... 305

M R4 S 10 HV GZ 1 001 1 O VM R4 S 10 HV GZ 3 001 1 O VM R4 S 10 HV GZ 4 001 1 O V

510009351000415100166

6 0,02 ... 120,03 ... 180,03 ... 16

13,5 ... 10010 ... 30510 ... 305


510003651000635100067

10 0,03 ... 180,03 ... 16

10 ... 30510 ... 305

M R5 S 10 HV GZ 3 001 1 O VM R5 S 10 HV GZ 4 001 1 O V

51000405100085

6 0,02 ... 120,03 ... 180,03 ... 16

13,5 ... 10010 ... 30510 ... 305


510003851000655100106

10 0,03 ... 180,03 ... 16

10 ... 30510 ... 305


51000425100112

6 0,02 ... 120,03 ... 180,03 ... 16

13,5 ... 10010 ... 30510 ... 305


510003651000635100067

6 0,02 ... 120,03 ... 180,03 ... 160,03 ... 24

13,5 ... 10010 ... 30510 ... 30515 ... 300


5100037510007151000955100195

10 0,02 ... 120,03 ... 180,03 ... 16

13,5 ... 10010 ... 305


510009351000415100166

10 0,03 ... 180,03 ... 16

10 ... 30510 ... 305


51000405100085

10 0,03 ... 180,03 ... 16

10 ... 30510 ... 305


51000435100086

6 0,02 ... 120,03 ... 180,03 ... 16

13,5 ... 10010 ... 30510 ... 305


510003951000735100084

6 0,02 ... 120,03 ... 180,03 ... 16

13,5 ... 10010 ... 30510 ... 305


510003951000735100084

10 0,03 ... 18 10 ... 305 M R7 S 10 HV GZ 3 001 1 O V 5100044

Note: Index letters as follows; R = Return flow control, Z = Feed flow control, G = Equipment side, P = Subplate side.

Other combinations on request.1) Connection R = NG 10 only



The units are designated by their type number. Thecomposition of this number can be drawn from the typecode. The standard versions are listed in the typesurvey. When ordering any of the standard versions,please state type number as well as catalog number topreclude possible misinterpretations.When inquiring about or ordering units not listed in ourtype survey of this publication, the type number madeup by you by means of the type code, however, will do.The corresponding catalog number will then be statedin our confirmation of order.The subplate and, if necessary, mounting material forvalve combinations must be ordered separately. OnlyO-rings are included in the delivery.

2-way flow control valve as intermediate device nominalsize 6 for flow rates from 0.02 to 2 l/min, return flowcontrol at B.

2-way flow control valve:Type No.: M R0 S 6 HV GZ 1 001 1 O VCat. No.: 5100037


[l/min]VpA-B[bar]


6 0,02 ... 120,03 ... 180,03 ... 16

13,5 ... 10010 ... 30510 ... 305


5100050.72345100074.72345100119.7234

6 0,02 ... 120,03 ... 180,03 ... 16

13,5 ... 10010 ... 30510 ... 305


5100050.72345100074.72345100119.7234

6 0,02 ... 120,03 ... 180,03 ... 16

13,5 ... 10010 ... 30510 ... 305


5100051.72345100066.72345100129.7234

6 0,02 ... 120,03 ... 180,03 ... 16

13,5 ... 10010 ... 30510 ... 305


5100051.72345100066.72345100129.7234

6 0,02 ... 120,03 ... 180,03 ... 16

13,5 ... 10010 ... 30510 ... 305


5100061.72345100076.72345100091.7234

6 0,02 ... 120,03 ... 180,03 ... 16

13,5 ... 10010 ... 30510 ... 305


5100061.72345100076.72345100091.7234

10 0,03 ... 180,03 ... 16

10 ... 30510 ... 305


5100052.72345100088.7234

10 0,02 ... 120,03 ... 180,03 ... 16

13,5 ... 10010 ... 30510 ... 305


5100145.72345100053.72345100087.7234

10 0,02 ... 120,03 ... 180,03 ... 16

13,5 ... 10010 ... 30510 ... 305


5100145.72345100053.72345100087.7234

10 0,03 ... 180,03 ... 16

10 ... 30510 ... 305


5100052.72345100088.7234

10 0,02 ... 120,03 ... 180,03 ... 16

110 ... 305


5100059.72345100169.7234

10 0,02 ... 120,03 ... 180,03 ... 16

110 ... 30510 ... 305


5100058.72345100183.7234




Dimensional and spare parts drawings for nominal size 6

M R1 S 6 ... 001M R8 S 6 ... 001

M R0 S 6 ... 001

M R2 S 6 ... 001

Interface to DIN

24340 and ISO

nominal size 6



M R1 S 6 ... 002

M R8 S 6 ... 002

M R0 S 6 ... 002

ap

pro

x.

10

6 (

co

de

00

2)

ap

pro

x.

10

9 (

co

de

00

4)

appro

x.

106 (

code 0

02)

appro

x.

109 (

code 0

04)

approx. 339

approx. 336

Plug can be

repositioned in steps

of 90o.

Plug can be


of 90o.

Plug can be


of 90o.

approx. 339

approx. 214

approx. 158

appro

x.

109 (

code 0

04)

appro

x.

106 (

code 0

02)



M R3 S 10 ... 001M R7 S 10 ... 001

M R4 S 10 ... 001 (AZ)M R4 S 10 ... 001 (BR)

M R5 S 10 ... 001 (AZ)M R5 S 10 ... 001 (BR)

Interface to DIN 24340 and ISO nominal size 10



Part

1

2

2

3

Flow control valve M R6

see 7500990

O-ring (9.2 x 1.8)

O-ring (12.4 x 1.8)

Directional control valve, nominal size 6,

Cat. No. 5204085.7234see 7501295

1

4

-

1

-

5

-072655807017980701623ETS0615057

1 set of wear parts (for nominal sizes 6 and 10), consisting of part 2. These wear parts are not available separately.

Designation Nominal size 6 Nominal size 10 Cat. No.


M R2 S 10 ... 001

M R3 S 10 ... 002M R5 S 10 ... 002 (AR)M R5 S 10 ... 002 (BZ)M R7 S 10 ... 002

M R4 S 10 ... 002 (AZ)M R4 S 10 ... 002 (BR)

Plug can be


of 90o.

ap

pro

x.

97

(co

de

00

2)

ap

pro

x.

10

0 (

co

de

00

4)


Anschluss R bei MR7S10 ...

002 nicht durchgebohrt

2-Way Flow Control ValvesNominal sizes 6 and 10

as intermediate device for directional control valves NG 6 and 10Interface to DIN 24 340 and ISO 4401

PN [pmax.] = 315 bar 7501416.06.05.06

DesignThe standard flow control valves are fitted to supportplates, and can therefore be used as intermediatedevices.

ActuationThe flow rate is adjusted manually by means of a rotaryknob. The setting can if desired be safeguarded bymeans of a lock (Type E 10).

MountingThe devices are bolted into position between the direc-tional control valve and subplate and sealed by meansof O-rings. For dimensions and mounting materialplease see 7501421.

Line connectionSubplate, interface to DIN 24 340 and ISO 4401, inter-mediate connection.

• Simple mounting, thanks to tubeless connection

• Space-saving design

• Allows control to be extended at low cost


Features

Type key

1 Operatingcharacteristics: R0 - Flow control at B

(NG 6 only)R1 - Flow control at A

(NG 6 only)R2 - Flow control at A and B

(NG 6 and NG 10)R3 - Flow control at P

(NG 10 only)R4 - Flow control at AZ or BR

(NG 10 only)R5 - Flow control at AR or BZ

(NG 10 only)R7 - Flow control at T

(NG 10 only)R8 - Flow control at P or T

(NG 6 only)



Tel.: +49 (0) 70 33/30 18-0

Fax: +49 (0) 70 33/30 18-10


[email protected]


3 Flow rate: 1 - 12 l/min3 - 18 l/min4 - 16 l/min

024 - 24 l/min

4 Code No.: 001 - Standard design002 - With quick-motion slide DC

5 Engineering version: 16 Sealing material: V - Viton

M ... S ... HV GZ ... ... ... O V1 2 3 4 5

2-way flow control valve

General parametersDesignation 2-way flow control valve


Design Orifice-type restrictor with upstream differential-pressure piston

Type of mounting Intermediate mounting

Line connection Intermediate connection


Flow direction See symbol in type survey

Actuation Manual adjustment


Nominal size NG 6 10

Hydraulic parameters for flow control valvesOperating pressure range pe max. [bar] ... 315

Operating pressure gradient Q [l/min] 2 8 16 24

with VpA-B min/max [bar] 4/100 12.5/300 20/300



Flow Qmax [l/min] 0.02 ... 16

Actuating moment Mb [Ncm] 10


Grade of filtration upstream

of flow control valve s [mm] 0.01 ... Q = 500 cm3/min

0.05 from Q > 500 cm3/min onwards

Electrical parameters for the directional control valveDC

Switching time t approx. ton [ms] 50

toff [ms] 30

Number of switchings/h approx. 15000


(other voltages available on request) 24

Power consumption P20 [W] DC 32

P20 [VA] AC -


Degree of protection for solenoid

an electrical connection to DIN 40050 IP 54

Electrical connection Plug socket to DIN 43 650

For other parameters, see 7500990 for the flow control valve and 7501295 for the directional control valve.



Characteristic curvesNG 6 NG 10



[l/min]VpA-B[bar]


6 0,02 ... 120,03 ... 180,03 ... 160,03 ... 24

13,5 ... 10010 ... 30510 ... 30515 ... 300


5100037510007151000955100195

10 0,02 ... 120,03 ... 180,03 ... 16

13,5 ... 10010 ... 30510 ... 305


510009351000415100166

6 0,02 ... 120,03 ... 180,03 ... 16

13,5 ... 10010 ... 30510 ... 305


510003651000635100067

10 0,03 ... 180,03 ... 16

10 ... 30510 ... 305


51000405100085

6 0,02 ... 120,03 ... 180,03 ... 16

13,5 ... 10010 ... 30510 ... 305


510003851000655100106

10 0,03 ... 180,03 ... 16

10 ... 30510 ... 305


51000425100112

6 0,02 ... 120,03 ... 180,03 ... 16

13,5 ... 10010 ... 30510 ... 305


510003651000635100067

6 0,02 ... 120,03 ... 180,03 ... 160,03 ... 24

13,5 ... 10010 ... 30510 ... 30515 ... 300


5100037510007151000955100195

10 0,02 ... 120,03 ... 180,03 ... 16

13,5 ... 10010 ... 305


510009351000415100166

10 0,03 ... 180,03 ... 16

10 ... 30510 ... 305


51000405100085

10 0,03 ... 180,03 ... 16

10 ... 30510 ... 305


51000435100086

6 0,02 ... 120,03 ... 180,03 ... 16

13,5 ... 10010 ... 30510 ... 305


510003951000735100084

6 0,02 ... 120,03 ... 180,03 ... 16

13,5 ... 10010 ... 30510 ... 305


510003951000735100084

10 0,03 ... 18 10 ... 305 M R7 S 10 HV GZ 3 001 1 O V 5100044





The units are designated by their type number. Thecomposition of this number can be drawn from the typecode. The standard versions are listed in the typesurvey. When ordering any of the standard versions,please state type number as well as catalog number topreclude possible misinterpretations.When inquiring about or ordering units not listed in ourtype survey of this publication, the type number madeup by you by means of the type code, however, will do.The corresponding catalog number will then be statedin our confirmation of order.The subplate and, if necessary, mounting material forvalve combinations must be ordered separately. OnlyO-rings are included in the delivery.

2-way flow control valve as intermediate device nominalsize 6 for flow rates from 0.02 to 2 l/min, return flowcontrol at B.

2-way flow control valve:Type No.: M R0 S 6 HV GZ 1 001 1 O VCat. No.: 5100037


[l/min]VpA-B[bar]


6 0,02 ... 120,03 ... 180,03 ... 16

13,5 ... 10010 ... 30510 ... 305


5100050.72345100074.72345100119.7234

6 0,02 ... 120,03 ... 180,03 ... 16

13,5 ... 10010 ... 30510 ... 305


5100050.72345100074.72345100119.7234

6 0,02 ... 120,03 ... 180,03 ... 16

13,5 ... 10010 ... 30510 ... 305


5100051.72345100066.72345100129.7234

6 0,02 ... 120,03 ... 180,03 ... 16

13,5 ... 10010 ... 30510 ... 305


5100051.72345100066.72345100129.7234

6 0,02 ... 120,03 ... 180,03 ... 16

13,5 ... 10010 ... 30510 ... 305


5100061.72345100076.72345100091.7234

6 0,02 ... 120,03 ... 180,03 ... 16

13,5 ... 10010 ... 30510 ... 305


5100061.72345100076.72345100091.7234

10 0,03 ... 180,03 ... 16

10 ... 30510 ... 305


5100052.72345100088.7234

10 0,02 ... 120,03 ... 180,03 ... 16

13,5 ... 10010 ... 30510 ... 305


5100145.72345100053.72345100087.7234

10 0,02 ... 120,03 ... 180,03 ... 16

13,5 ... 10010 ... 30510 ... 305


5100145.72345100053.72345100087.7234

10 0,03 ... 180,03 ... 16

10 ... 30510 ... 305


5100052.72345100088.7234

10 0,02 ... 120,03 ... 180,03 ... 16

110 ... 305


5100059.72345100169.7234

10 0,02 ... 120,03 ... 180,03 ... 16

110 ... 30510 ... 305


5100058.72345100183.7234





M R1 S 6 ... 001M R8 S 6 ... 001

M R0 S 6 ... 001

M R2 S 6 ... 001

Interface to DIN

24340 and ISO

nominal size 6



M R1 S 6 ... 002

M R8 S 6 ... 002

M R0 S 6 ... 002

ap

pro

x.

10

6 (

co

de

00

2)

ap

pro

x.

10

9 (

co

de

00

4)

appro

x.

106 (

code 0

02)

appro

x.

109 (

code 0

04)

approx. 339

approx. 336

Plug can be


of 90o.

Plug can be


of 90o.

Plug can be


of 90o.

approx. 339

approx. 214

approx. 158

appro

x.

109 (

code 0

04)

appro

x.

106 (

code 0

02)



M R3 S 10 ... 001M R7 S 10 ... 001

M R4 S 10 ... 001 (AZ)M R4 S 10 ... 001 (BR)

M R5 S 10 ... 001 (AZ)M R5 S 10 ... 001 (BR)




Part

1

2

2

3

Flow control valve M R6

see 7500990

O-ring (9.2 x 1.8)

O-ring (12.4 x 1.8)

Directional control valve, nominal size 6,

Cat. No. 5204085.7234see 7501295

1

4

-

1

-

5

-072655807017980701623ETS0615057

1 set of wear parts (for nominal sizes 6 and 10), consisting of part 2. These wear parts are not available separately.

Designation Nominal size 6 Nominal size 10 Cat. No.


M R2 S 10 ... 001

M R3 S 10 ... 002M R5 S 10 ... 002 (AR)M R5 S 10 ... 002 (BZ)M R7 S 10 ... 002

M R4 S 10 ... 002 (AZ)M R4 S 10 ... 002 (BR)

Plug can be


of 90o.

ap

pro

x.

97

(co

de

00

2)

ap

pro

x.

10

0 (

co

de

00

4)


Anschluss R bei MR7S10 ...

002 nicht durchgebohrt

SurveyPressure valves

7501427.06.01.07

Pressure relief valve

Picture/Symbol/Designation Actuation Size Flow max.[l/min]

Line connection Operatingpressure rangemax. [bar]

For furtherinformationsee script



Tel.: +49 (0) 70 33/30 18-0

Fax: +49 (0) 70 33/30 18-10


[email protected]

direct operated

Seat valve

(suitable for use asremote pilot valve)

1610

140100

screw-in design

Threadedconnection

mounting plate,interface to DIN24340 and ISO6264

315 75014007501410

Proportional-Pressure relief valve

direct operated

Seat valve

(suitable for use asremote pilot valve)

6 3 mounting plate,interface to DIN24340 and ISO6264

315 7501247

Proportional-Pressure relief valve

direct operated

Seat valve

with damping

1610

5070


315 7501489

Pressure relief valve pilot operated

Seat valve

102532

100400800


315 7501401





Pressure relief valve electromagneticallyrelease

pilot operated

Seat valve

102532

100400800


315 7501402

1025

100400


315 7501248Proportional-Pressure relief valve

pilot operated

Seat valve

Pressure reducing valve 2-way

pilot operated

102532

140150360


315 7501407


pilot operated


315 7502831





Proportional-Pressure reducing valve

3-way

pilot operated


315 7502263

10 70 mounting plate,interface toHERION

315 7501409Pressure reducing valve 3-way

pilot operated

Proportional-Pressure reducing valve

3-way

pilot operated


315 7501249


pilot operated

pneumaticaloperated


315 7502517





Accumulator safety valves direct operated

Seat valve

TÜV type approval

screw-in type valve

1610

170160

screw-in design 350 7501406

SurveyDirectional control valves

7501428.06.02.07




Notes



Tel.: +49 (0) 70 33/30 18-0

Fax: +49 (0) 70 33/30 18-10


[email protected]

direct operated

solenoidoperated

6 40 Subplate,interface to DIN24340 and ISO4401

315 vertical,flangemounted

7501295

direct operated

solenoidoperated

6 45 Port size G 3/8internal threadto DIN ISO228/1

315 - 7501293

direct operated

solenoidoperated

1610

180120

Subplate,interface to DIN24340 and ISO4401

315 - 75032917503292

direct operated

solenoidoperated


315 withinductiveswitchingpositionmonitoring12 to 24 V

7501294

direct operated

hydraulically,pneumatically

roller leverhand lever

1610

180120


315315

- 75033127503313

Directional control spool type valves





Notes

direct operated

solenoidoperated


315 7501297

direct operated

solenoidoperated, withproportionalvalve

with pressurebalanceflow controlfunction

1610

4085


315 - 75004557502255

direct operated

solenoid opera-ted, with propor-tional valveposition -controlled

with pressurebalanceflow controlfunction

1610

160150


315 - 75017197502257

pilot operatedby proportionalsolenoid valve

1625

250400


315 - 75009017501298

pilot operatedby proportionalsolenoid valve

1625

480750


315 - 7502968

direct operated

solenoidoperated


315 - 7501856

Proportional directional control valves

Directional control seat valves

with electro-mechanicalswitchingpositionmonitoring

with in-ductiveswitchingpositionmonitoring

Survey2-way-flow control valves

7501430.06.02.07

2-way-flow control valves






Tel.: +49 (0) 70 33/30 18-0

Fax: +49 (0) 70 33/30 18-10


[email protected]

with jump startsuppression

16 0.02 to 24 Subplate,interface to DIN24340, part 4and ISO 4401

315 7500990

2-way-flow control valves 10 0.2 to 50 Subplate,interface to DIN24340, part 4and ISO 4401

315 7500994

Proportional-control valves 2-way

direct controlled

with electricalposition feedback

with pressurebalance


210 7502022

ProportionalPressure Relief ValvesSizes 6 and 10Poppet valve, direct actuated, with dampingInterface to DIN 24 340 and ISO 4401

PN [pmax.] = 315 bar 7501489.06.01.06

DesignWith these proportional pressure valves, the pressure isadjusted by means of a variable magnetic force actingon the piston. The direct controlled design consists of asmall seat which is connected with the proportionalsolenoid. The hydraulic pressure can be adjusted byincreasing or decreasing the current I which is fed tothe proportional solenoid, by means of a potentiometerand amplifier.

ApplicationWith hydraulic control circuits there is often the require-ment to influence the current by means of an electricalsignal, e.g. for remote control in order to avoid longhydraulic pipe lines or for program controls where thedifferent pressures are adjusted automatically.These proportional pressure valves are also very oftenused in process-controlled plastics injection mouldingmachines.

MountingThe units are bolted onto subplates and sealed byO-rings.

Line connectionSubplate size 6, interface to DIN 24 340-A 6and ISO 4401-AB-03-4-ASubplate size 10, interface to DIN 24 340-E 10and ISO 6264-AR-06-2-A

• Simple electrical program and remote control• Adjustable transient response


Features

Type key

D B C ... UP G ... ... ... O ...1 2 3 4 5

Subplate size 6Proportional pressure relief valvesP S 6 G ... ... ... O O

1 2 3

1 Nominal size: 6 - Size 1610 - Size 10

2 Setting pressure: 50 - Up to 150 barrange 99 - Up to 170 bar

90 - Up to 315 bar

3 Code: 002 - Size 16301 - Size 10

4 Engineering version: 3 - Solenoid 7994 2400 mA4 - Size 163 - Size 10


1 Line connection: 200 - G 1/4300 - G 3/8

2 Code: 024 - G 1/4001 - G 3/8


Subplate size 10 G 1/2P DB 10 G 4 001 ... O O

1




Tel.: +49 (0) 70 33/30 18-0

Fax: +49 (0) 70 33/30 18-10


[email protected]

Type D B C 6 UP G... 002 2 O O D B C 10 UP G... 301 3 O O

General parametersDescription Proportional pressure relief valves

Symbol

Design Seat valve, direct actuated



Mounting position Valve axis preferably horizontal


Actuator type Proportional solenoid

Weight of valve [kg] 3.2 4.3

Weight of subplate [kg] G 1/4 = 0.7 G 1/2 = 2.0

G 3/8 = 1.0


Nominal size 6 10


Setting pressure range 1) pv [bar] pv min.: See characteristic curve2) pv max.: Pressure stage 50: up to 150

Pressure stage 99: up to 170





Regulating time for adjustable pressure range 4)

from pv min. to 0.9 pv max. [ms] z 35

Hysteresis3) [%IN] Range I <7.5 / Range II <3.5 at Q = 0.5 l/min

Range I <3 / Range II <3 at Q = 20 l/min

Repeatability 3) [bar]

Pressure stage 50 < ±1

Pressure stage 99 < ±2 (at Q = const.)



Filtration, absolute Oil purity class to ISO 4406: 17/15/12

Electrical parameters of proportional solenoidSolenoid Cat. No. 7994Rated current IN [mA] 2400

Rated power P20 [W] 19

Resistance R20 [Ω] 3.3

Duty cycle ED [%] 100


electric connection acc. to DIN 40 050 IP 65

Drive electronics DC 05/ DC 05-XLT, pQ 11 and pQ 12

See table, Page 5

1) If the valve is used as pilot valve for large pressure valves,

measures must be taken to dampen the complete hydraulic system.2) Smaller pv max. value can be set at amplifier3) With dither: Frequency 50 Hz, amplitude 15 % IN.4) For size 6, 15l/min, DC 05 (lab arrangement)


Parameters



Proportional pressure relief valve, sizes 6 and 10, all pressure stages

DBC 6 UP ... and DBC 10 UP ...

DBC 6 UP ... DBC 10 UP ...


D B C 6 UP G 50 002 4 O O

D B C 6 UP G 99 002 4 O O

D B C 6 UP G 90 002 4 O O

D B C 10 UP G 50 301 3 O O

D B C 10 UP G 99 301 3 O O

D B C 10 UP G 90 301 3 O O


The units are designated by their type number. Thecomposition of this number can be drawn from the typecode. The standard versions are listed in the typesurvey. When ordering any of the standard versions,please state type number as well as catalog number topreclude possible misinterpretations.When inquiring about or ordering units not listed in ourtype survey of this publication, the type number madeup by you by means of the type code, however, will do.The corresponding catalog number will then be statedin our confirmation of order. O-rings are enclosed withflanged units. The subplate, mounting screws and driveelectronics must be ordered separately.

Electrically adjustable proportional pressure relief valve,size 6, flanged version. Max. setting pressure = 315 bar,with additional subplate and mounting screws. Theelectronic control unit must be ordered separately.

Proportional pressure relief valve:Type: D B C 6 UP G 90 002 4 O OCat No.: 6015983.7994Subplate:Type: P S 6 G 2 024 2 O OCat. No.: 1065173Mounting screws: (4 bolts required)Socket head screw (M 5 x 70 DIN 912-10.9)Cat. No.: 0662315

Type survey (standard versions)Size

6

10

50

170

315

50

170

315

0 ... 2400 mA DC 05, DC 05-XLT,

pQ 11 or pQ 12

(see tables)

Subplate G 1/4

P S 6 G 2 024 2 OO

Cat. No. 1065173

Subplate G 3/8

P S 6 G 3 001 2 OO

Cat. No. 1065183Subplate G 1/2

P DB 10 G 4 001 1 OO

Cat. No. 2852600

6015980.7994

6015999.7994

6015983.7994

6015976.7994

6015998.7994

6015979.7994

pv max.

[bar]Proportional

solenoid current


P S 6 G 2 024 2 OO

P S 6 G 3 001 2 OO

P DB 10 G 4 001 1 O O

SubplatesSize

6

6

10

G 1/4

G 3/8

G 1/2

DIN 24 340-A 6 and ISO 4401-AB-03-4-A

DIN 24 340-A 6 and ISO 4401-AB-03-4-A

DIN 24 340-E 10 and ISO 6264-AB-06-2-A

1065173

1065183

2852600

Port size Subplate

with interface to

Type Cat. No.



regulator PWM




Weight: 0,4 kg






Type


7503503

7503504

Setpoint input

(switchable)

Internal

setpoints

Pcs.

Ramps

Pcs.

Terminal

strip

Form F

DIN 41612

Number

of pins

PID controller

for external

control loops


information,

see

script

44

4 2

48

48

51500001)

51500011)

� /�

(switchable)

�

DC 05 2 x 0...±10V

0...±10V

0(4)...20 mA

DC 05-XLT

[V] [mA]

Functional

compatible to

pQ 03


regulator PWM






Setpoint input

(switchable)


HERION

7502961

[mA][V]

Type of connection

Connecting

cable, 2 m

Connector acc. to

DIN 43651

Weight

[kg]


information,

see

script

0 ... 10

0 ... 10

0 (4)...20

0 (4)...20

�

�

�

�

5980085

59800811)

0,18

0,18




regulator PWM







to EN 50022

Setpoint input

(switchable)


7503109

[mA] [mA][V]


0 ... 10 0 (4)...20 0 ... 1600 / 2400 5980126



Size 6

Size 10



Subplates size 6 with interface to DIN 24 340-A 6 and ISO 4401-AB-03-4-ACat. No. 1065173G 1/4




Spare parts drawing

Spare parts and mounting screws / Accessories

Part Size

2

2

6

10

2

2

O-ring (9.25 x 1.78)

O-ring (15.6 x 1.78)

0701252

0701256


Spare partsPart Size

-

-

6

10

4

4

Socket head screw

(M5 x 70 DIN 912-10.9)

Tightening torque MA = 7.6 Nm

Socket head screw

(M12 x 80 DIN 912-10.9)

Tightening torque MA = 110 Nm

0662315

0700479


Mounting screws1)

1 - 1 Connector 0657859

Accessories

Subplates size 10 with interface to DIN 24 340-E 10 and ISO 6264-AB-06-2-ACat. No. 2852600G 1/2

1) The mounting screws are not included in the delivery

ProportionalPressure Relief ValvesSizes 6 and 10Poppet valve, direct actuated, with dampingInterface to DIN 24 340 and ISO 4401

PN [pmax.] = 315 bar 7501489.06.01.06

DesignWith these proportional pressure valves, the pressure isadjusted by means of a variable magnetic force actingon the piston. The direct controlled design consists of asmall seat which is connected with the proportionalsolenoid. The hydraulic pressure can be adjusted byincreasing or decreasing the current I which is fed tothe proportional solenoid, by means of a potentiometerand amplifier.

ApplicationWith hydraulic control circuits there is often the require-ment to influence the current by means of an electricalsignal, e.g. for remote control in order to avoid longhydraulic pipe lines or for program controls where thedifferent pressures are adjusted automatically.These proportional pressure valves are also very oftenused in process-controlled plastics injection mouldingmachines.


Line connectionSubplate size 6, interface to DIN 24 340-A 6and ISO 4401-AB-03-4-ASubplate size 10, interface to DIN 24 340-E 10and ISO 6264-AR-06-2-A

• Simple electrical program and remote control• Adjustable transient response


Features

Type key

D B C ... UP G ... ... ... O ...1 2 3 4 5

Subplate size 6Proportional pressure relief valvesP S 6 G ... ... ... O O

1 2 3

1 Nominal size: 6 - Size 1610 - Size 10

2 Setting pressure: 50 - Up to 150 barrange 99 - Up to 170 bar

90 - Up to 315 bar

3 Code: 002 - Size 16301 - Size 10

4 Engineering version: 3 - Solenoid 7994 2400 mA4 - Size 163 - Size 10


1 Line connection: 200 - G 1/4300 - G 3/8

2 Code: 024 - G 1/4001 - G 3/8


Subplate size 10 G 1/2P DB 10 G 4 001 ... O O

1




Tel.: +49 (0) 70 33/30 18-0

Fax: +49 (0) 70 33/30 18-10


[email protected]

Type D B C 6 UP G... 002 2 O O D B C 10 UP G... 301 3 O O

General parametersDescription Proportional pressure relief valves

Symbol

Design Seat valve, direct actuated



Mounting position Valve axis preferably horizontal



Weight of valve [kg] 3.2 4.3

Weight of subplate [kg] G 1/4 = 0.7 G 1/2 = 2.0

G 3/8 = 1.0


Nominal size 6 10


Setting pressure range 1) pv [bar] pv min.: See characteristic curve2) pv max.: Pressure stage 50: up to 150






Regulating time for adjustable pressure range 4)

from pv min. to 0.9 pv max. [ms] z 35

Hysteresis3) [%IN] Range I <7.5 / Range II <3.5 at Q = 0.5 l/min

Range I <3 / Range II <3 at Q = 20 l/min

Repeatability 3) [bar]


Pressure stage 99 < ±2 (at Q = const.)



Filtration, absolute Oil purity class to ISO 4406: 17/15/12






electric connection acc. to DIN 40 050 IP 65

Drive electronics DC 05/ DC 05-XLT, pQ 11 and pQ 12

See table, Page 5

1) If the valve is used as pilot valve for large pressure valves,

measures must be taken to dampen the complete hydraulic system.2) Smaller pv max. value can be set at amplifier3) With dither: Frequency 50 Hz, amplitude 15 % IN.4) For size 6, 15l/min, DC 05 (lab arrangement)


Parameters



Proportional pressure relief valve, sizes 6 and 10, all pressure stages

DBC 6 UP ... and DBC 10 UP ...

DBC 6 UP ... DBC 10 UP ...


D B C 6 UP G 50 002 4 O O

D B C 6 UP G 99 002 4 O O

D B C 6 UP G 90 002 4 O O

D B C 10 UP G 50 301 3 O O

D B C 10 UP G 99 301 3 O O

D B C 10 UP G 90 301 3 O O


The units are designated by their type number. Thecomposition of this number can be drawn from the typecode. The standard versions are listed in the typesurvey. When ordering any of the standard versions,please state type number as well as catalog number topreclude possible misinterpretations.When inquiring about or ordering units not listed in ourtype survey of this publication, the type number madeup by you by means of the type code, however, will do.The corresponding catalog number will then be statedin our confirmation of order. O-rings are enclosed withflanged units. The subplate, mounting screws and driveelectronics must be ordered separately.

Electrically adjustable proportional pressure relief valve,size 6, flanged version. Max. setting pressure = 315 bar,with additional subplate and mounting screws. Theelectronic control unit must be ordered separately.

Proportional pressure relief valve:Type: D B C 6 UP G 90 002 4 O OCat No.: 6015983.7994Subplate:Type: P S 6 G 2 024 2 O OCat. No.: 1065173Mounting screws: (4 bolts required)Socket head screw (M 5 x 70 DIN 912-10.9)Cat. No.: 0662315

Type survey (standard versions)Size

6

10

50

170

315

50

170

315

0 ... 2400 mA DC 05, DC 05-XLT,

pQ 11 or pQ 12

(see tables)

Subplate G 1/4

P S 6 G 2 024 2 OO

Cat. No. 1065173

Subplate G 3/8

P S 6 G 3 001 2 OO

Cat. No. 1065183Subplate G 1/2

P DB 10 G 4 001 1 OO

Cat. No. 2852600

6015980.7994

6015999.7994

6015983.7994

6015976.7994

6015998.7994

6015979.7994

pv max.

[bar]Proportional

solenoid current


P S 6 G 2 024 2 OO

P S 6 G 3 001 2 OO

P DB 10 G 4 001 1 O O

SubplatesSize

6

6

10

G 1/4

G 3/8

G 1/2

DIN 24 340-A 6 and ISO 4401-AB-03-4-A

DIN 24 340-A 6 and ISO 4401-AB-03-4-A

DIN 24 340-E 10 and ISO 6264-AB-06-2-A

1065173

1065183

2852600

Port size Subplate

with interface to

Type Cat. No.



regulator PWM




Weight: 0,4 kg






Type


7503503

7503504

Setpoint input

(switchable)

Internal

setpoints

Pcs.

Ramps

Pcs.

Terminal

strip

Form F

DIN 41612

Number

of pins

PID controller

for external

control loops


information,

see

script

44

4 2

48

48

51500001)

51500011)

� /�

(switchable)

�

DC 05 2 x 0...±10V

0...±10V

0(4)...20 mA

DC 05-XLT

[V] [mA]

Functional

compatible to

pQ 03


regulator PWM






Setpoint input

(switchable)


HERION

7502961

[mA][V]

Type of connection

Connecting

cable, 2 m

Connector acc. to

DIN 43651

Weight

[kg]


information,

see

script

0 ... 10

0 ... 10

0 (4)...20

0 (4)...20

�

�

�

�

5980085

59800811)

0,18

0,18




regulator PWM







to EN 50022

Setpoint input

(switchable)


7503109

[mA] [mA][V]


0 ... 10 0 (4)...20 0 ... 1600 / 2400 5980126



Size 6

Size 10



Spare parts drawing


Part Size

2

2

6

10

2

2

O-ring (9.25 x 1.78)

O-ring (15.6 x 1.78)

0701252

0701256


Spare partsPart Size

-

-

6

10

4

4

Socket head screw

(M5 x 70 DIN 912-10.9)

Tightening torque MA = 7.6 Nm

Socket head screw

(M12 x 80 DIN 912-10.9)

Tightening torque MA = 110 Nm

0662315

0700479


Mounting screws1)

1 - 1 Connector 0657859

Accessories

Subplates size 10 with interface to DIN 24 340-E 10 and ISO 6264-AB-06-2-ACat. No. 2852600G 1/2

1) The mounting screws are not included in the delivery

Pressure SwitchesSeries 18D

Hydraulic Pressure SwitchesG 1/4, 7/16-20 UNF (SAE 4), 1/4 NPTFlange

7501629.06.03.06

• Gold-plated contacts in microswitch• High number of switching cycles• Vibration resistant to 15g• Microswitch approved by UL and CSA• Intrinsically safe operation

Fluid: Hydraulic, lubricating and lightfuel oilsSoft seal for neutralSelf lubricating fluids

Operation: Piston type sensor system

Port sizes: G 1/4 (BSP), 7/16-20 UNF(SAE-4), 1/4 NPT, Flange

Operating pressureranges: 5-420 bar

Ambient temperature: -10 to +80°C

Fluid Temperature: -10 to +80°C

Maximum temperatureat switching element: +80°C

Operating Viscosity: Up to 1000 mm2/s (±450ssu)

Repeatability: ±3%

Electrical Connection: - Acc. to DIN 43650 A- Acc. to IEC 947-5-2(M 12 x 1)

Switching Element: Microswitch (gold platedcontacts)

Degree of Protection: IP 65 for conn. DIN 43650IP 67 for conn. M 12 x 1

Mounting: Optional

Material: Sensor and seal see tableoverleaf

Technical Data

To order, quote part number from table overleaf, e.g. aG 1/4” ported switch with a pressure range of 5-70 baris 0882100.

Ordering information



Tel.: +49 (0) 70 33/30 18-0

Fax: +49 (0) 70 33/30 18-10


[email protected]

Switching function:

Microswitch SPDT

Terminals 1-3:

Contacts close on rising

pressure.

Terminals 1-2:

Contacts open on rising

pressure.

Switching function M 12 x 1:

Microswitch SPDT

Terminals 1-4:

Contacts close on rising

pressure.

Terminals 1-2:

Contacts open on rising

pressure.


General Information:18 D variations with electrical connection DIN 43650 APart Number Pressure

Range

(bar)

Switching Pressure

Difference **

(bar)

Lower Upper

Range † Range †

Maximum

Over

Pressure *

(bar)

Switching

(Cycles

per min)

Pressure Sensor

Materials

Housing Seal

Piston Dyn./Static

Fluid Connection

Type Size

Weight

(kg)

Dimension

Drawing

No.

08821000883100088211908821200871200088220008832000882219088222008713000870400087050008823000883300088231908823200882400088340008824190882420

5-70

5-70

5-70

5-70

10-100

10-160

10-160

10-160

10-160

12-160

15-250

20-350

25-250

25-250

25-250

25-250

40-420

40-420

40-420

40-420

10,5

10,5

10,5

10,5

8

11

11

11

11

8

7

6

11

11

11

11

17

17

17

17

15

15

15

15

16

17

17

17

17

16

20

25

17

17

17

17

38

38

38

38

400

400

400

400

250

400

400

400

400

250

500

500

400

400

400

400

600

600

600

600

100

100

100

100

100

100

100

100

100

100

100

100

100

100

100

100

100

100

100

100

AL/Steel

AL/Steel

AL/Steel

AL/Steel

CN/Steel

AL/Steel

AL/Steel

AL/Steel

AL/Steel

CN/Steel

CN/Steel

CN

AL/Steel

AL/Steel

AL/Steel

AL/Steel

AL/Steel

AL/Steel

AL/Steel

CN/Brass

PTFE/NBR

PTFE/NBR

PTFE/NBR

PTFE/NBR

NBR

PTFE/NBR

PTFE/NBR

PTFE/NBR

PTFE/NBR

NBR

PU

POM

PTFE/NBR

PTFE/NBR

PTFE/NBR

PTFE/NBR

PTFE/NBR

PTFE/NBR

PTFE/NBR

PTFE/NBR

Female

Flange

Female

Female

Flange

Female

Flange

Female

Female

Flange

Flange

Flange

Female

Flange

Female

Female

Female

Flange

Female

Female

G 1/4

-

7/16-20 UNF

1/4 NPT

-

G 1/4

-

7/16-20 UNF

1/4 NPT

-

-

-

G 1/4

-

7/16-20 UNF

1/4 NPT

G 1/4

-

7/16-20 UNF

1/4 NPT

0,2

0,2

0,2

0,2

0,3

0,2

0,2

0,2

0,2

0,3

0,3

0,3

0,2

0,2

0,2

0,2

0,2

0,2

0,2

0,2

01

02

01

01

03

01

02

01

01

03

03

03

01

02

01

01

01

03

01

01

Part Number Pressure

Range

(bar)†

Switching Pressure

Difference **

(bar)

Lower Upper

Range Range

Maximum

Over

Pressure *

(bar)

Switching

(Cycles

per min)

Pressure Sensor

Materials

Housing Seal

Piston Dyn./Static

Fluid Connection

Type Size

Weight

(kg)

Dimension

Drawing

No.

08821600882260088236008824600883160088326008833600883460

5-70

10-160

25-250

40-420

5-70

10-160

25-250

40-420

10,5

11

11

17

10,5

11

11

17

15

17

17

35

15

17

17

35

400

400

400

600

400

400

400

600

100

100

100

100

100

100

100

100

AL/Steel

AL/Steel

AL/Steel

AL/Steel

CN/Steel

AL/Steel

AL/Steel

AL/Steel

PTFE/NBR

PTFE/NBR

PTFE/NBR

PTFE/NBR

PTFE/NBR

PTFE/NBR

PTFE/NBR

PTFE/NBR

Female

Female

Female

Female

Flange

Flange

Flange

Flange

G 1/4

G 1/4

G 1/4

G 1/4

-

-

-

-

0,2

0,2

0,2

0,2

0,3

0,2

0,2

0,2

04

04

06

06

05

05

05

05

18 D variations with electrical connection M 12 x 1(max allowable voltage 30 V) ***

* Observe switching range. Do not subject switch to max. allowable

pressure during normal operation. Even short pressure peaks must

not exceed this value.

** Max. values.

*** M 12 plug not included. If required, please order separately.

Table on page 3.† 1 bar = 14.503 psi.

Key to materials: AL = Aluminium

NBR = Perbunan

PTFE = Teflon

CN = Zinc die cast

PU = Polyurethane

POM = Delrin


Dimensional drawing

Dimensional drawing 01

Accessories

Reducer G 1/2 to G 1/4, externalthreadPart No. 0574767

Snubber G 1/4Part No. 0574773

CoverPart No. 0554737

Dimensionaldrawing 06



Connector M 12 x 1

Type 0523056 90° without cable,

Type 0523053 90° 5 m cable, 4-core




Accessories

Subplate G 1/4Part No. 0522259 Material 3.1645 (aluminium)

for max. 400 bar

Part No. 0522233 Material 1.4301 (stainless steel)

for max. 1200 bar

Spark quenching with DC voltage (proposal)

1. Diode D in parallel to inductive load.Observance of correct polarity (positive pole tocathode).Dimensioning specifications for quenching diode:Rated voltage at diode: UD 1.4 x UV.

Selection of a quick switching diode (recovery timetrr ≤ 200 [ms]).

Rated current at diode: IR ILoad

2. RC link in parallel to load in parallel to switchingcontact.Suited for DC abd AC voltage.

Making and/or breaking capacity

Change-over switch with gold-plated contacts

Load Level Type of Current Type of Load Umin

[V]

Maximum Permanent Current Imax [A] at U [V]

30 48 60 125 250

Contact life

Standard *(e.g. contractors,solenoids)

Low **(e.g. electroniccircuits)

AC

AC

DC

DC

AC

DC

Resistive load

Induktive load,cos ϕ = 0.7

Resistive load

Induktive load,L/R z10 ms

Resistive load

Induktive load,L/R z10 ms

12

12

12

12

5†

5†

5

3

5

3

0,34

0,1

5

3

1,2

0,5

0,2

0,01

5

3

0,8

0,35

0,17

-

5

3

0,4

0,05

0,08

-

5

3

-

-

0,04

-

≤107

switchingcycles

≤107

switchingcycles

Reference number of switchings: 30/min. Referencetemperature: +30°C

Spark quenching with diode with DC and inductive load:Imax = 1.5 x Imax of table.Imin = 1 [mA]

Creepage and air paths correspond to insulation groupB according to VDE Reg. 0110 (except contactclearance of microswitch).

* Gold-plating not required as it would decay. Max.perm. in-rush current (appr. 30 ms)ACmake = max. 15A.

** Gold-plating required (will not decay).

† Lower value of critical voltage guarantees sufficientcontact safety.Lower voltages permissible under favourableconditions.

M 12 x 1only

≤

≤

Ratings:R in Ω z 0.2 x RLoad in ΩC in μF z ILoad in A

ProportionalDirectional Control ValvesSize 6Direct operated, position-controlledInterface to DIN 24 340 and ISO 4401

PN [pmax.] = 315 bar 7501719.06.03.06

DesignThe proportional directional control valve, size 6, isbased on the 5-chamber system and is in the form of aslide valve. The valve setting is monitored by a dis-placement measurement system and fed to the positioncontrol loop as an actual value. Interference variablesare eliminated, ensuring that the selected setpoint isalways precisely achieved. The actual position value ismonitored by an inductive differential transformer withbuilt-in electronic circuitry.

ApplicationThe proportional directional control valve can be usedto control the direction and speed of hydraulic cylindersand hydraulic motors and is employed in cases where aservo valve would be too expensive and a normal direc-tional control valve would not offer a sufficient range offunctions. The electrical control allows the wide varietyof motions to be executed simply and extremely preci-sely by means of the continously-controllable signal.


Line connectionSubplate, interface to DIN 24 340-A 6 andISO 4401-AB-03-4-A.



• Spring-centred, robust design


• High repetition accuracy and low hysteresis, thanksto position control


Features

Type key


1 2

1 Symbol: 187

233

212


300 - G 3/8 to DIN ISO 228/1)




Tel.: +49 (0) 70 33/30 18-0

Fax: +49 (0) 70 33/30 18-10


[email protected]

S 6 UR 10 G ... ... ... O ...1 2 3 4

Proportional directional control valve 2 Code No.: 018 - See characteristic curve019 - See characteristic curve


Type designation S 6 UR ...

General parametersDesignation Proportional directional control valve


Design Spool-type valve, direct operated, position-controlled



Mounting position Valve axis horizontal (see mounting drawings)

Type of actuator Proportional solenoid, position-controlled

Weight - Valve [kg] 2.8

Weight - Subplate G 1/4 [kg] 1

G 3/8 [kg] 1

Ambient temperataure ϑu [°C] –20 ... +50

Nominal size NG 6

Hydraulic parametersOperating pressure range at P, A and B pmax [bar] up to 315

at T pmax up to 160



Zero flow (Vp = 100 bar) QL [cm3/min] <30

Max. flow Qmax See characteristic curve

Repeatability 1) [%] <1

Hysteresis 1) [%] <1

Sensitivity of response 1) [%] <0,1

Width of backlash 1) [%] <0,1

Floating time Q = 0%...100% [ms] 30

Q = 100%...0% [ms] 40

Filteration, absolute [μm] 25

Electrical parameters of proportional solenoidRated current IN [mA] 1600



Electric connection Connector to DIN 43 650 A


Drive electronics with module for position control See Page 5

Electrical parameters of displacement sensorSystem Inductive differential transformer with

integrated electronics

Supply voltage [V] 19.2 ... 28.8

Residual ripple <5%

Current consumption max. [mA] 40

Output voltage [V] 7,5 ± 3,9

Temperature range [°C] 0 ... 50

Connection of displacement sensorConnector 4-pin

Cable gland M 12 x 1

Degree of protection to DIN 40 050 IP 65

Connector/Metal 90o Cat. No. 0661748(connector with cable, 2 m) Cat. No. 06818241) referred to max. setpoint U = 10 V


Parameters

Connecting cable for displacement sensorCable Displacement sensor-Amplifier

Type of cable Screened, 3-core

Cable length max. [m] 75

Cross-section min per core [mm2] 0.5

Resistance max. [Ω/m] 0.05

Capacitance max. Core - core [pF/m] 160

Core - screen [pF/m] 350

Type e.g. LIYCY



Valve code 018

Power limit

without pressure

balance

Pressure drop without

pressure balance at

100% opened

Valve code 019

4 VP valve 100 bar

3 VP valve 50 bar

2 Pressure balance

III and VI

1 Pressure balance

II and V

Code 019

Code 018

Valve code 018

Pressure balance II and V Pressure balance III and VI

Setpoint U Setpoint U



The units are designated by their type number. Thecomposition of this number can be drawn from the typekey. The standard versions are listed in the typesurvey. When ordering any of the standard versions,please state type number as well as catalog number topreclude possible misinterpretations.When inquiring about or ordering units not listed in ourtype survey of this publication, the type number madeup by you by means of the type code, however, will do.The corresponding catalog number will then be statedin our confirmation of order. O-rings are enclosed withflanged units. The pressure balance, subplate, driveelectronics and mounting screws must be orderedseparately.

Proportional directional control valve, Size 6, Symbol187, with characteristic curve Code No. 018, pressurebalance, subplate G 1/4 and drive electronics.

Proportional directional control valve:Type: S 6 UR 10 G 187 018 4 O VCat. No. 5205002.9000Pressure balance:Cat. No. 6015190Subplate:Type: P S 6 G 2 024 2 O OCat. No. 1065173Mounting screws: (4 bolts required)Cylinder screws (M 5 x 70 DIN 912-10.9)Cat. No. 0662315Drive electronics to be ordered separately, see Page 5.

Type survey and possibilities of combination (standard versions)Designation Symbol Symbol-No. Type Cat. No. Combination2)


187

233

212

S 6 UR 10 G 187 018 4 O VS 6 UR 10 G 187 019 4 O V

S 6 UR 10 G 233 018 4 O VS 6 UR 10 G 233 019 4 O V

S 6 UR 10 G 212 018 4 O VS 6 UR 10 G 212 019 4 O V

5205002.90003)

5205003.90003)

5205009.90003)

5205010.90003)

5205007.90003)

5205008.90003)

Pressurebalance atport P

6015189

6015190

0723311

6015532

6015533

10651731065183

P S 6 G 2 024 2 O OP S 6 G 3 001 2 O O

070038706623150661664

Pressurebalance atportB C T(return flow)

Pressurebalance atportAC T; BC T(return flow)

--

--

Pressurebalance II

Pressurebalance III

Pressurebalance II

Pressurebalance V

Pressurebalance VI

SubplatesG 1/4G 3/8

Mountingscrews


X XX X

X XX X

X XX X

X

X

X

X

X

X X XX X X

XX

X

1) Port designation at symbol subscript “G” = device side, Index “P” = plate side2) Possibilities of combination between proportional directional control valve, subplate and mounting screws3) Solenoid Cat. No. 9000 comprises solenoid a = 7293, solenoid b = 7298


Mounting and dimensional drawings [mm]

Flange-mounting design, horizontal


S 6 UR 10 G ...


regulator PWM




Weight: 0,4 kg






Type


7503503

7503504

Setpoint input

(switchable)

Internal

setpoints

Pcs.

Ramps

Pcs.

Terminal

strip

Form F

DIN 41612

Number

of pins

PID controller

for external

control loops


information,

see

script

44

4 2

48

48

51500001)

51500011)

� /�

(switchable)

�

DC 05 2 x 0...±10V

0...±10V

0(4)...20 mA

DC 05-XLT

[V] [mA]

Functional

compatible to

pQ 03

1) Pre-parametered electronics on request.

Dia

. 36

Dia

. 45 Solenoid “a” Solenoid “a”

Hole pattern S6 to DIN 24340-A6

and ISO 4001

Dia. 9.2

SW 19Tightening torque max. 30 Nm

Approx. 141

Dia. 5.3

78

Approx. 293

Appro

x.

94

46

57

PG 11

Electronic displacement sensor

Connector

Screening

Output 7.5 ± 3.9 V 1

Power supply 24 V 2

Earth 3



Proportional directional control valve with pressure balance in port P or B CT

S 6 UR 10 G 187 ... 4 O VS 6 UR 10 G 233 ... 4 O VS 6 UR 10 G 212 ... 4 O V

Proportional directional control valve with pressure balance in port A CT or B CT (return flow)

S 6 UR 10 G 212 ... 4 O V



Subplate with interface to DIN 24 340-A6 and ISO 4401-AB-03-4-A

G 1/4

G 3/8


Spare parts drawing

Spare parts (number of pieces)for proportional directional control valve

Part

1

2

3

4

4

O-ring (9.2 x 1.8)

Connector

Connector

Connector for displacementsensor 90o/metal

Connector for displacementsensor 90o with 2 m cable

4

1

1

1

1

4

1

1

1

1

4

1

1

1

1

0701728065785905702750661748

0681824

-

-

-

-

-

5

Pressure balance II


Pressure balance II

Pressure balance V

Pressure balance VI

O-ring (9,2 x 1,8)

1

1

-

-

-

4

-

-

1

-

-

4

-

-

-

1

1

4

601518960151900723311601553260155330701728

Description Cat. No.S 6 UR 10 G 187 ... 4 O V

S 6 UR 10 G 233 ... 4 OV


port P

S 6 UR 10 G 212 ... 4 O V


in port B CT


port A CT; B CT

S 6 UR 10 G 212 ... 4 O V



S 6 UR 10 G 187 ... 4 O VS 6 UR 10 G 233 ... 4 O V

With pressure balance II or III in port P


S 6 UR 10 G 212 ... 4 O V

With pressure balance V or VIin port A CT or B CT(return flow)

Spare part kitsCat. No.

Wearing parts per set

0726676 07266761 1

07266761

-

-

Spare part kitsCat. No.

Wearing parts per set

0726871 0726871

5 5

0726872

5 to 8

-

-

4

23

1

5

6

5

7

8

3

24

ProportionalDirectional Control ValvesSize 10Direct actuated, electrically adjustableInterface to DIN 24 340 and ISO 4401

PN [pmax.] = 315 bar 7502255.06.03.06

DesignThe proportional directional control valve, size 10, isbased on the 5-chamber system and is in the form of aslide valve. The valve is actuated by proportionalsolenoids.

ApplicationThe proportional directional control valve can be usedto control the direction and speed of hydraulic cylindersand hydraulic motors and is employed in cases where aservo valve would be too expensive and a normal direc-tional control valve would not offer a sufficient range offunctions. The electrical control allows the wide varietyof motions to be executed simply and extremely preci-sely by means of the continously-controllable signal.When using a pressure balance as intermediate unit,the proportional directional control valve can take overa flow control function.


Line connectionSubplate, interface to DIN 24 340-A 10 andISO 4401-AC-05-4-A.



• Spring-centred, pressure-controlled, robust design


• With pressure balance, load-independent speedcontrol

• Full pressure drop across valve is available alsowithout pressure balance (up to 315 bar)


Features

Type key


1 2

1 Symbol: 187

233

205

212


500 - G 3/4 to DIN ISO 228/1)




Tel.: +49 (0) 70 33/30 18-0

Fax: +49 (0) 70 33/30 18-10


[email protected]

S 10 UP 10 G ... ... ... O ...1 2 3 4

Proportional directional control valves 2 Code: 016 - See characteristic curves019 - See characteristic curves


Type S 10 UP... 10 G...


Symbol See equipment survey

Design Direct operated spool valve



Mounting position Valve axis horizontal


Weight of valve 1 solenoid [kg] 5.2

2 solenoids 6.6

Weight of pressure balance I to III [kg] 3.25

IV to VI 7.85


G 3/4 3.4

Ambient temperature range ϑamb. [°C] –20 ... +50

Size 10


at T up to 160

Pressure fluid temperature ϑmax [°C] +70


Max. flow Qmax [cm3/min] See characteristic curve

Zero flow (Vp = 100 bar) Qmin [cm3/min] 100

Flow with pressure balance II and IV 200

with pressure balance III and V 300

with pressure balance III and VI 500

Pressure drop with pressure balance III and IV Vp [bar] 15

with pressure balance III and V 10

with pressure balance III and VI 20

Repeatability with dither1) [%] ≤ 3(referred to IN)

Hysteresis

S 10 UP, with pressure balance and dither1) IN [%] ≤ 4S 10 UP, without pressure balance with dither1) ≤ 4Sensitivity of response with dither1) IN [%] ≤ 1Regulating time 0% ... 80% [ms] 50

Filtration, absolute [μm] 25




Duty cycle [%] 100

Electrical connection Connection to DIN 43 650 A

Degree of protection to DIN 40 050 IP 65 with connector

Electronic control unit DC 05 / DC 05-XLT, pQ 11 and pQ 12

See Page 5

1) Dither: Frequency 50 Hz, amplitude 15 % IN


Parameters



Proportional directional control valves with pressure balance II and Vwith pressure balance III and VI

S 10 UP 10 G 187 016 2 O VS 10 UP 10 G 233 016 2 O VS 10 UP 10 G 212 016 2 O V

S 10 UP 10 G 187 019 2 O VS 10 UP 10 G 233 019 2 O VS 10 UP 10 G 212 019 2 O V

Proportional directional control valvewith pressure balance IIwith pressure balance III

Proportional directional control valvewith code 016with code 019

S 10 UP 10 G 205 016 2 O V

S 10 UP 10 G ... 016 2 O Vwith pressure balance II and V

S 10 UP 10 G ... 016 2 O Vwith pressure balance III and VI

Limit of capacity without pressure balance



The units are designated by their type number. Thecomposition of this number can be drawn from the typekey. The standard versions are listed in the typesurvey. When ordering any of the standard versions,please state type number as well as catalog number topreclude possible misinterpretations.When inquiring about or ordering units not listed in ourtype survey of this publication, the type number madeup by you by means of the type key, however, will do.The corresponding catalog number will then be statedin our confirmation of order. O-rings are enclosed withflanged units. The pressure balance, subplate, driveelectronics and mounting screws must be orderedseparately.

Proportional directional control valve Size 10, Symbol187, Code 016, with pressure balance, correspondingsubplate G 3/4 and electronic control unit.

Proportional directional control valve:Type: S 10 UP 10 G 187 016 2 O VCat. No. 5204813.7998Pressure balance:Cat. No. 6015529Subplate:Type: P S 10 G 5 001 1 O OCat No. 2840036Mounting screws: (4 bolts required)Socket head screws (M 6 x 110 DIN 912-10.9)Cat. No. 0659221Electronic control unit see Page 5.

Equipment survey and possibilities of combination (standard versions)Description Symbol Symbol-No. Type Cat. No. Combination 1)


187

233

205

212

S 10 UP 10 G 187 016 2 O VS 10 UP 10 G 187 019 2 O V

S 10 UP 10 G 233 016 2 O VS 10 UP 10 G 233 019 2 O V

S 10 UP 10 G 205 016 2 O V

S 10 UP 10 G 212 016 2 O VS 10 UP 10 G 212 019 2 O V

5204813.79985205020.7998

5204815.79985205021.7998

5205065.7998

5204814.79985205022.7998

Pressurebalance atport P

6015528

6015529

6015530

6015525

6015526

6015527

10651842840036

P S 10 G 4 001 2 O OP S 10 G 5 001 1 O O

Pressure drop per controledgeVp approx. 2,5 bar

Pressure drop per controledgeVp ca. 5 bar


Pressure drop per controledgeVp ca. 2,5 bar



070041106592210681899

Pressurebalance atport AC T orBC T(return)

--

--

Pressurebalance I

Pressurebalance II

Pressurebalance III

Pressurebalance IV

Pressurebalance V

Pressurebalance VI

SubplatesG 1/2G 3/4

Mountingscrews


1) Possibilities of combination between proportional directional control valve, pressure balance, subplate and mounting screws.

X XX X

X XX X

X X

X XX X

X

X

X

X

X

X

X X X

XX

X


Drive electronics


regulator PWM




Weight: 0,4 kg






Type


7503503

7503504

Setpoint input

(switchable)

Internal

setpoints

Pcs.

Ramps

Pcs.

Terminal

strip

Form F

DIN 41612

Number

of pins

PID controller

for external

control loops


information,

see

script

44

4 2

48

48

51500001)

51500011)

� /�

(switchable)

�

DC 05 2 x 0...±10V

0...±10V

0(4)...20 mA

DC 05-XLT

[V] [mA]

Functional

compatible to

pQ 03


regulator PWM






Setpoint input

(switchable)


HERION

7502961

[mA][V]

Type of connection

Connecting

cable, 2 m

Connector acc. to

DIN 43651

Weight

[kg]


information,

see

script

0 ... 10

0 ... 10

0 (4)...20

0 (4)...20

�

�

�

�

5980085

59800811)

0,18

0,18




regulator PWM







to EN 50022

Setpoint input

(switchable)


7503109

[mA] [mA][V]


0 ... 10 0 (4)...20 0 ... 1600 / 2400 5980126





S 10 UP 10 G 205 ... 2 O V



Subplate, Size 10 with interface to DIN 24 340-A10 and ISO 4401-AC-05-4-A

Subplate 1Cat. No. 1065184G 1/2



Spare part drawings



With pressure balance I to IIIin port P

With pressure balance IV to VIin port B


Spare parts and mounting screws

Spare parts for directional control valvePart Qty.

1

3

4

- 4 Socket head screws

(M6 x 40 DIN 912-10.9)

Mounting screws without pressure balance

5

1

1

O-ring (12.4 x 1.8)

Connector to DIN 43 650 Form A

Connector to DIN 43 650 Form B

070162306578590570275

0700411

- 4 Socket head screws

(M6 x 90 DIN 912-10.9)

Mounting screws with pressure balance I to III

0659221

- 4

5-8 1

Socket head screws

(M6 x 140 DIN 912-10.9)

Mounting screws with pressure balance IV to VI

1 set of spare parts consists of parts 1, 3 and 4

0681899

Description Cat. No.

Spare part kit for pressure balancePart Qty.

Pressure balance I to III

Cat. No.: 601552860155296015530

Spare part kit 0726874

9-12 1

Pressure balance IV to VI

Cat. No.: 601552560155266015527

Spare part kit 0726875



Notes:

ProportionalDirectional Control ValvesSize 10Direct actuated, electrically adjustable, position-controlledInterface to DIN 24 340 and ISO 4401

PN [pmax.] = 315 bar 7502257.06.03.06

DesignThe proportional directional control valve, size 10, isbased on the 5-chamber system and is in the form of aslide valve. The valve is actuated by proportionalsolenoids. The valve setting is monitored by a displace-ment measurement system and fed to the position con-trol loop as an actual value. Interference variables areeliminated, ensuring that the selected setpoint is alwaysprecisely achieved. The actual position value is monito-red by an inductive differential transformer with integra-ted electronic circuitry.

ApplicationThe proportional directional control valve can be usedto control the direction and speed of hydraulic cylindersand hydraulic motors and is employed in cases where aservo valve would be too expensive and a normal direc-tional control valve would not offer a sufficient range offunctions. The electrical control allows the wide varietyof motions to be executed simply and extremely preci-sely by means of the continously-controllable signal.


Line connectionSubplate, interface to DIN 24 340-A 10 andISO 4401-AC-05-4-A.



• Spring-centred, robust design


• High repetition accuracy and low hysteresis, thanksto position control

• With pressure balance, load-independent speedcontrol

• Full pressure drop across valve is available alsowithout pressure balance (up to 315 bar)


Features

Type key


1 2

1 Symbol: 187

233

212


500 - G 3/4 to DIN ISO 228/1)




Tel.: +49 (0) 70 33/30 18-0

Fax: +49 (0) 70 33/30 18-10


[email protected]

S 10 UR 10 G ... ... ... O ...1 2 3 4

Proportional directional control valves 2 Code: 016 - see characteristic curves019 - see characteristic curves


Type S 10 UR...


Symbol See equipment survey

Design Direct operated spool valve, position-controlled




Actuator type Proportional solenoid, position-controlled

Weight of valve [kg] 7


G 3/4 3.4

Ambient temperature range ϑamb [°C] –20 ... +50

Size 10


at T up to 160



Max. flow Qmax See characteristic curve

Zero flow (Vp = 100 bar) QL [cm3/min] 100

Repeatability [%] ≤ 1Hysteresis [%] ≤ 1Sensitivity of response [%] ≤ 0.5

Regulating time 0% ... 80% [ms] 45

80% ... 0% [ms] 60


Electrical parameters of proportional solenoidCat. No. solenoid 7998/7999 with displacement sensor

Rated current IN [mA] 2400



Duty cycle [%] 100

Electrical connection Connection to DIN 43 650 A

Degree of protection to DIN DIN 40 050 IP 65 (with connector)

Electrical parameters of displacement sensorSystem Inductive differential transformer

with integrated electronics

Supply voltage [V] 19.2 ... 28.8

Residual ripple [%] <5

Current consumption [mA] <40

Output voltage [V] 7.5 ± 4.5


Parameters



Connection of displacement sensorConnector 4-pin

Cable gland M12 x 1

Degree of protection to DIN 40 050 IP 65

Connector bent 90o, metal Cat. No. 0661748connector with cable, 2 m Cat. No. 0681824

Connecting cable for displacement sensorCable Displacement sensor-amplifier

Type of cable Screened, 3-core

Cable length max. [m] 75

Cross-section min. per core [mm2] 0.5

Resistance max. [Ω/m] 0.05

Capacitance max. Core - core [pF/m] 160

Core - screen [pF/m] 350

Type e.g. LIYCY

Parameters

Proportional directional control valve,position controlled

Power limit

S 10 UR 016S 10 UR 019

S 10 UR ... 016 S 10 UR ... 019



The units are designated by their type number. Thecomposition of this number can be drawn from the typekey. The standard versions are listed in the typesurvey. When ordering any of the standard versions,please state type number as well as catalog number topreclude possible misinterpretations.When inquiring about or ordering units not listed in ourtype survey of this publication, the type number madeup by you by means of the type key, however, will do.The corresponding catalog number will then be statedin our confirmation of order. O-rings are enclosed withflanged units. The pressure balance, subplate, driveelectronics and mounting screws must be orderedseparately.

Proportional directional control valve, Size 10 for flangemounting. Symbol 187, with Code 016, pressurebalance, with corresponding subplate G 1/2 and driveelectronics.

Proportional directional control valve:Type: S 10 UR 10 G 187 016 2 O VCat. No.: 5204816.9000Subplate:Type: P S 10 G 4 001 2 O OCat No.: 1065184Mounting screws: (4 bolts required)Socket head screws (M 6 x 60 DIN 912-10.9)Cat. No.: 0700416The electronic control unit is to be ordered separately,see table on page 5.

Type survey (standard versions)Description Symbol Symbol No. Type Cat. No.


187

233

212

S 10 UR 10 G 187 016 2 O VS 10 UR 10 G 187 019 2 O V

S 10 UR 10 G 233 016 2 O VS 10 UR 10 G 233 019 2 O V

S 10 UR 10 G 212 016 2 O VS 10 UR 10 G 212 019 2 O V

5204816.90001)

5205023.90001)

5204818.90001)

5205024.90001)

5204817.90001)

5205025.90001)

SubplateG 1/2G 3/4

Mounting screws

1) Solenoid Cat. No. 9000 includes solenoid a = 7999 and solenoid b = 7998

--

--

P S 10 G 4 001 2 O OP S 10 G 5 001 1 O O

106518428400360700416Socket head screws (M 6 x 60 DIN 912 - 10.9)

AccessoriesDescription Cat. No.



Connector for displacement sensor, bent 90o, metal

Connector for displacement sensor, bent 90o, with cable, 2 m

Connector are not enclosed in the scope of delivery. Please order them separately.

0657859057027506617480681824

Dimensional drawing [mm]

Connector for displacement sensor, bent 90o, metalCat. No. 0661748


Dimensional drawing [mm]

Connections

Proportional directional control valve S 10 UR 10 G ...

1 Output voltage2 Supply voltage3 Weight4 Not used



Subplate with interface to DIN 24 340-A 10 and ISO 4401-AC-05-4-A




Spare part drawing

Proportional directional control valves

S 10 UR 10 G 187 ... 2 O VS 10 UR 10 G 233 ... 2 O VS 10 UR 10 G 212 ... 2 O V


Spare parts for directional control valvePart Qty.

1

- 4 Socket head screw

(M6 x 60 DIN 912-10.9)

Mounting screws

5 O-ring (12,4 x 1,8) 0701623

0700416

2

3

4

5

1

1

1

1



Connector for displacement sensor, bent 90o, metal

Connector for displacement sensor, bent 90o, with cable, 2 m

Accessories0657859057027506617480681824



Notes:

Proportional DirectionalControl ValvesNominal sizes 16 and 25Pilot operated, electrically adjustableInterface acc. to DIN 24 340 and ISO 4401

PN [pmax.] = 315 bar 7502968.06.01.06

DesignThe proportional directional control valves, Sizes 16and 25, consist of a hydraulic main stage which isindirectly operated by the hydraulic solenoid actuatedpilot stage mounted on top.The main piston is centered by means of two springs,so the piston is held in mid-position in case of powerfailure or breakdown of the pump pressure.

ApplicationThe proportional directional control valve serves fordirectional or speed control of hydraulic cylinders andhydraulic motors. It is used in cases where a servovalve would be too costly and a conventional directionalcontrol valve would not be sufficient in terms offunctions. A continuously controllable signal enables amost simple and precise remote control of the requiredmovements.

MountingThe valves are mounted on the subplates by means ofscrews and sealed by O-rings.

Line connectionSubplate size 16, interface to DIN 24 340-A 16and ISO 4401-AD-07-4-A.Subplate size 25, interface to DIN 24 340-A 25and ISO 4401-AE-08-4-A.

• Speed and directional control by preallocated setpoint



• Spring-centered, pressure-controlled, robust design

Description

Features



Tel.: +49 (0) 70 33/30 18-0

Fax: +49 (0) 70 33/30 18-10


[email protected]

Typ designation S 16 UP... 10 G S 25 UP ... 10 G


Symbol See Type survey






Nominal size 16 25

Weight - Valve [kg] 10.9 20.7

Weight - Subplate G 1/2 [kg] - -

G 3/4 9 -

G 3/4 - -

G 1 9 29.2

G 1 1/4 - 29.2

G 1 1/2 - 24.2


Hydraulic parametersOperating pressure range at

ports P, B, A and T pmax [bar] up to 315

pmin at P (control oil inlet „X“ internal) [bar] Return pressure pT +40 (py +40)

pmin at P (control oil inlet„X“ external) [bar] 0

Control pressure range pSt [bar] 40 ... 315

Temperature of pressure medium ϑm max. [°C] +70


Zero flow at „X“ internal QO [l/min] 0.5 0.6

(Vp = 300 bar) at „X“ external QO [l/min] 0.25 0.3

Control volume [cm3] 4 8

Flow volume Qmax [l/min] See characteristic curve

Flow volume bei Vp = 20 bar Qmin [l/min] 0.1 0.2

Repeatability with dither 1) at Qmin [%] 10 10

at 50% IN [%] 1 1

Hysteresis 1) [% IN] 3 3

Floating time at Vp = 100 bar Q = 0%...80% [ms] 60 65

at pSt = 100 bar Q = 80%...0% [ms] 50 60








see Page 12

1) Dither: Frequency 50 Hz, amplitude 240 mASS (solenoid 7298), 120 mASS (solenoid 7297)


Parameters


Type key

SubplateP S ... G ... ... ... O O

1 2 3 4

1 Size: 1625

2 Control mode: Control by proportional pressure reducing vlave

Control oil Control oillinlet outletX Y

41 - external internal43 - internal internal44 - external external45 - internal external

3 Symbol: 187

Return port

212

Inlet port

233

1 Size: 1625

2 Line connection: 5 - G 3/4 Size 166 - G 1 Size 16/257 - G 1 1/4 Size 258 - G 1 1/2 Size 25

3 Code: 001 - Standard designX internal Y internal

020 - X external Y internal023 - X external Y external

4 Engineering version: 1 - New design2 - See survey

S ... UP ... 10 G ... ... ... O ...1 2 3 4 5 6

Proportional directional control valve 4 Code: - Size 16: 005 - Nominal flow rateQ = 150 l/minwith pressure dropacross valveof Vp = 10 bar

006 - Area ratio A : Bapprox. 2 : 1

Code: - Size 25: 206 - Nominal flow rateQ = 270 l/minwith pressure dropacross valveof Vp = 10 bar


5 Engineering version: 3 - Size 16, 25



The units are designated by their type number. Thecomposition of this number can be drawn from the typecode. The standard versions are listed in the typesurvey. When ordering any of the standard versions,please state type number as well as catalog number topreclude possible misinterpretations.When inquiring about or ordering units not listed in ourtype survey of this publication, the type number madeup by you by means of the type code, however, will do.The corresponding catalog number will then be statedin our confirmation of order. Mounting bolts and O-ringsare included in the delivery. The subplate, amplifier cardand setpoint potentiometer must be ordered separately.

Proportional directional control valve Size 16, withflanged connection, Symbol 187, control oil inlet “X”external, control oil outlet “Y” external, withcorresponding subplate G 3/4.

Proportional directional control valve:Type designation: S 16 UP 44 10 G 187 005 3 O OCat. No. 5204182.7298Subplate:Type designation: P S 16 G 5 001 2 O OCat. No. 1065186Drive electronics to be ordered separately.Please see page 12.



Proportional directional control valves Size 16

S 16 UP ... 005S 16 UP ... 006 Side A S 16 UP ... 006 Side B

Proportional directional control valves Size 25S 25 UP ... 206S 25 UP ... 007 Side A S 25 UP ... 007 Side B

Control modes of Sizes 16 and 25

Proportional

directional

control valve

Control mode 41

“x” external“y” internal

Proportional

directional

control valve

Control mode 44

“x” external“y” external

Proportional

directional

control valve

Control mode 43

“x” internal“y” internal

Proportional

directional

control valve

Control mode 45

“x” internal“y” external


Equipment survey for proportional directional control valves Size 16(Standard design in control mode 43)Cat. No. for valves with different control mode on request

Symbol Neutral

position

Control

mode

Line

connection

Type Cat. No.

187

212

233

S 16 UP 43 10 G 187 005 3 O OS 16 UP 43 10 G 187 006 3 O O

43 Sub-plates

S 16 UP 43 10 G 212 005 3 O OS 16 UP 43 10 G 212 006 3 O O

S 16 UP 43 10 G 233 005 3 O OS 16 UP 43 10 G 233 006 3 O O

Re

turn

Ad

v.o

pe

nin

g

Inle

tA

dv.

op

en

ing

Le

aka

ge

oil

retu

rn

5204677.72985204678.7298

5204679.72985204680.7298

5204681.72985204682.7298


Symbol

Port size Type Cat. No.

Neutral

position

Control

mode

Line

connection

Type Cat. No.

187

212

233

S 25 UP 43 10 G 187 206 3 O OS 25 UP 43 10 G 187 007 3 O O

43 Sub-plates

S 25 UP 43 10 G 212 206 3 O OS 25 UP 43 10 G 212 007 3 O O

S 25 UP 43 10 G 233 206 3 O OS 25 UP 43 10 G 233 007 3 O O

Retu

rnA

dv.

openin

g

Inle

tA

dv.

openin

g

Leakage

oil

retu

rn

5204684.72985204685.7298

5204686.72985204687.7298

5204688.72985204689.7298

Subplates

G 3/4

G 1

G 1

G 1 1/4

G 1 1/2

16

16

25

25

25

P S 16 G 5 001 2 O O

P S 16 G 6 001 2 O O

P S 25 G 6 001 2 O O

P S 25 G 7 001 2 O O

P S 25 G 8 001 2 O O

10651861065187106518810651891065190

Nom.

size



Proportional directional control valve Size 16 Tightening torque:

M 15 DIN 912 - 10.9 = 17.6 NmM 16 DIN 912 - 10.9 = 13.6 NmM 10 DIN 912 - 10.9 = 62.6 Nm


M 15 DIN 912 - 10.9 = 117.6 NmM 12 DIN 912 - 10.9 = 110.6 Nm



Subplates Size 16 with interface to DIN 24 340-A 16 and ISO 4401-AD-07-4-ACat. No. 1065186 G 3/4Cat. No. 1065187 G 1

Cat. No. a


G 3/4

G 1

b

Dia. 41

Dia. 47

c

16.5

18.5

10651861065187



Subplates Size 25 with interface to DIN 24 340-A 25 and ISO 4401-AE-08-4-ACat. No. 1065188 G 1Cat. No. 1065189 G 1 1/4

Cat. No. b1


114

121

b2

26

30

d1

G 1

G 1 1/4

d2

Dia. 47

Dia. 56

h1

19

21

l1

26

30

10651881065189



Subplates Size 25 with interface to DIN 24 340-A 25 and ISO 4401-AE-08-4-ACat. No. 1065190 G 1 1/2


Sparea parts drawings

Size 16

Size 25



Spare parts for directional control valve Size 16Part Qty.

1

2

3

4


(M6 x 55 DIN 912-10.9)

Mounting screws

4

2

1

1

O-ring (22.4 x 2.5)

O-ring (10 x 2)

Connector

Connector

0662256065911606578590570275

0700415


(M10 x 60 DIN 912-10.9)

0700457

1 set of spare parts consists of parts 1 and 2



1

2

3

4


(M12 x 65 DIN 912-10.9)

Mounting screws

4

2

1

1

O-ring (26.6 x 3.5)

O-ring (18.6 x 3.5)

Connector

Connector

0701343070133806578590570275

0700476


Description Bestell-Nr.


Drive electronics


regulator PWM




Weight: 0,4 kg






Type


7503503

7503504

Setpoint input

(switchable)

Internal

setpoints

Pcs.

Ramps

Pcs.

Terminal

strip

Form F

DIN 41612

Number

of pins

PID controller

for external

control loops


information,

see

script

44

4 2

48

48

51500001)

51500011)

� /�

(switchable)

�

DC 05 2 x 0...±10V

0...±10V

0(4)...20 mA

DC 05-XLT

[V] [mA]

Functional

compatible to

pQ 03


regulator PWM






Setpoint input

(switchable)


HERION

7502961

[mA][V]

Type of connection

Connecting

cable, 2 m

Connector acc. to

DIN 43651

Weight

[kg]


information,

see

script

0 ... 10

0 ... 10

0 (4)...20

0 (4)...20

�

�

�

�

5980085

59800811)

0,18

0,18




regulator PWM







to EN 50022

Setpoint input

(switchable)


7503109

[mA] [mA][V]


0 ... 10 0 (4)...20 0 ... 1600 / 2400 5980126

Proportional DirectionalControl ValvesNominal sizes 16 and 25Pilot operated, electrically adjustableInterface acc. to DIN 24 340 and ISO 4401

PN [pmax.] = 315 bar 7502968.06.01.06

DesignThe proportional directional control valves, Sizes 16and 25, consist of a hydraulic main stage which isindirectly operated by the hydraulic solenoid actuatedpilot stage mounted on top.The main piston is centered by means of two springs,so the piston is held in mid-position in case of powerfailure or breakdown of the pump pressure.

ApplicationThe proportional directional control valve serves fordirectional or speed control of hydraulic cylinders andhydraulic motors. It is used in cases where a servovalve would be too costly and a conventional directionalcontrol valve would not be sufficient in terms offunctions. A continuously controllable signal enables amost simple and precise remote control of the requiredmovements.

MountingThe valves are mounted on the subplates by means ofscrews and sealed by O-rings.

Line connectionSubplate size 16, interface to DIN 24 340-A 16and ISO 4401-AD-07-4-A.Subplate size 25, interface to DIN 24 340-A 25and ISO 4401-AE-08-4-A.

• Speed and directional control by preallocated setpoint



• Spring-centered, pressure-controlled, robust design

Description

Features



Tel.: +49 (0) 70 33/30 18-0

Fax: +49 (0) 70 33/30 18-10


[email protected]

Typ designation S 16 UP... 10 G S 25 UP ... 10 G


Symbol See Type survey






Nominal size 16 25

Weight - Valve [kg] 10.9 20.7

Weight - Subplate G 1/2 [kg] - -

G 3/4 9 -

G 3/4 - -

G 1 9 29.2

G 1 1/4 - 29.2

G 1 1/2 - 24.2


Hydraulic parametersOperating pressure range at

ports P, B, A and T pmax [bar] up to 315

pmin at P (control oil inlet „X“ internal) [bar] Return pressure pT +40 (py +40)

pmin at P (control oil inlet„X“ external) [bar] 0

Control pressure range pSt [bar] 40 ... 315

Temperature of pressure medium ϑm max. [°C] +70


Zero flow at „X“ internal QO [l/min] 0.5 0.6

(Vp = 300 bar) at „X“ external QO [l/min] 0.25 0.3

Control volume [cm3] 4 8

Flow volume Qmax [l/min] See characteristic curve

Flow volume bei Vp = 20 bar Qmin [l/min] 0.1 0.2

Repeatability with dither 1) at Qmin [%] 10 10

at 50% IN [%] 1 1

Hysteresis 1) [% IN] 3 3

Floating time at Vp = 100 bar Q = 0%...80% [ms] 60 65

at pSt = 100 bar Q = 80%...0% [ms] 50 60








see Page 12

1) Dither: Frequency 50 Hz, amplitude 240 mASS (solenoid 7298), 120 mASS (solenoid 7297)


Parameters


Type key

SubplateP S ... G ... ... ... O O

1 2 3 4

1 Size: 1625

2 Control mode: Control by proportional pressure reducing vlave

Control oil Control oillinlet outletX Y

41 - external internal43 - internal internal44 - external external45 - internal external

3 Symbol: 187

Return port

212

Inlet port

233

1 Size: 1625

2 Line connection: 5 - G 3/4 Size 166 - G 1 Size 16/257 - G 1 1/4 Size 258 - G 1 1/2 Size 25

3 Code: 001 - Standard designX internal Y internal

020 - X external Y internal023 - X external Y external

4 Engineering version: 1 - New design2 - See survey

S ... UP ... 10 G ... ... ... O ...1 2 3 4 5 6

Proportional directional control valve 4 Code: - Size 16: 005 - Nominal flow rateQ = 150 l/minwith pressure dropacross valveof Vp = 10 bar


Code: - Size 25: 206 - Nominal flow rateQ = 270 l/minwith pressure dropacross valveof Vp = 10 bar


5 Engineering version: 3 - Size 16, 25



The units are designated by their type number. Thecomposition of this number can be drawn from the typecode. The standard versions are listed in the typesurvey. When ordering any of the standard versions,please state type number as well as catalog number topreclude possible misinterpretations.When inquiring about or ordering units not listed in ourtype survey of this publication, the type number madeup by you by means of the type code, however, will do.The corresponding catalog number will then be statedin our confirmation of order. Mounting bolts and O-ringsare included in the delivery. The subplate, amplifier cardand setpoint potentiometer must be ordered separately.

Proportional directional control valve Size 16, withflanged connection, Symbol 187, control oil inlet “X”external, control oil outlet “Y” external, withcorresponding subplate G 3/4.

Proportional directional control valve:Type designation: S 16 UP 44 10 G 187 005 3 O OCat. No. 5204182.7298Subplate:Type designation: P S 16 G 5 001 2 O OCat. No. 1065186Drive electronics to be ordered separately.Please see page 12.



Proportional directional control valves Size 16

S 16 UP ... 005S 16 UP ... 006 Side A S 16 UP ... 006 Side B

Proportional directional control valves Size 25S 25 UP ... 206S 25 UP ... 007 Side A S 25 UP ... 007 Side B

Control modes of Sizes 16 and 25

Proportional

directional

control valve

Control mode 41

“x” external“y” internal

Proportional

directional

control valve

Control mode 44

“x” external“y” external

Proportional

directional

control valve

Control mode 43

“x” internal“y” internal

Proportional

directional

control valve

Control mode 45

“x” internal“y” external



Symbol Neutral

position

Control

mode

Line

connection

Type Cat. No.

187

212

233

S 16 UP 43 10 G 187 005 3 O OS 16 UP 43 10 G 187 006 3 O O

43 Sub-plates

S 16 UP 43 10 G 212 005 3 O OS 16 UP 43 10 G 212 006 3 O O

S 16 UP 43 10 G 233 005 3 O OS 16 UP 43 10 G 233 006 3 O O

Re

turn

Ad

v.o

pe

nin

g

Inle

tA

dv.

op

en

ing

Le

aka

ge

oil

retu

rn

5204677.72985204678.7298

5204679.72985204680.7298

5204681.72985204682.7298


Symbol

Port size Type Cat. No.

Neutral

position

Control

mode

Line

connection

Type Cat. No.

187

212

233

S 25 UP 43 10 G 187 206 3 O OS 25 UP 43 10 G 187 007 3 O O

43 Sub-plates

S 25 UP 43 10 G 212 206 3 O OS 25 UP 43 10 G 212 007 3 O O

S 25 UP 43 10 G 233 206 3 O OS 25 UP 43 10 G 233 007 3 O O

Retu

rnA

dv.

openin

g

Inle

tA

dv.

openin

g

Leakage

oil

retu

rn

5204684.72985204685.7298

5204686.72985204687.7298

5204688.72985204689.7298

Subplates

G 3/4

G 1

G 1

G 1 1/4

G 1 1/2

16

16

25

25

25

P S 16 G 5 001 2 O O

P S 16 G 6 001 2 O O

P S 25 G 6 001 2 O O

P S 25 G 7 001 2 O O

P S 25 G 8 001 2 O O

10651861065187106518810651891065190

Nom.

size




M 15 DIN 912 - 10.9 = 17.6 NmM 16 DIN 912 - 10.9 = 13.6 NmM 10 DIN 912 - 10.9 = 62.6 Nm


M 15 DIN 912 - 10.9 = 117.6 NmM 12 DIN 912 - 10.9 = 110.6 Nm



Subplates Size 16 with interface to DIN 24 340-A 16 and ISO 4401-AD-07-4-ACat. No. 1065186 G 3/4Cat. No. 1065187 G 1

Cat. No. a


G 3/4

G 1

b

Dia. 41

Dia. 47

c

16.5

18.5

10651861065187



Subplates Size 25 with interface to DIN 24 340-A 25 and ISO 4401-AE-08-4-ACat. No. 1065188 G 1Cat. No. 1065189 G 1 1/4

Cat. No. b1


114

121

b2

26

30

d1

G 1

G 1 1/4

d2

Dia. 47

Dia. 56

h1

19

21

l1

26

30

10651881065189



Subplates Size 25 with interface to DIN 24 340-A 25 and ISO 4401-AE-08-4-ACat. No. 1065190 G 1 1/2


Sparea parts drawings

Size 16

Size 25




1

2

3

4


(M6 x 55 DIN 912-10.9)

Mounting screws

4

2

1

1

O-ring (22.4 x 2.5)

O-ring (10 x 2)

Connector

Connector

0662256065911606578590570275

0700415


(M10 x 60 DIN 912-10.9)

0700457




1

2

3

4


(M12 x 65 DIN 912-10.9)

Mounting screws

4

2

1

1

O-ring (26.6 x 3.5)

O-ring (18.6 x 3.5)

Connector

Connector

0701343070133806578590570275

0700476


Description Bestell-Nr.


Drive electronics


regulator PWM




Weight: 0,4 kg






Type


7503503

7503504

Setpoint input

(switchable)

Internal

setpoints

Pcs.

Ramps

Pcs.

Terminal

strip

Form F

DIN 41612

Number

of pins

PID controller

for external

control loops


information,

see

script

44

4 2

48

48

51500001)

51500011)

� /�

(switchable)

�

DC 05 2 x 0...±10V

0...±10V

0(4)...20 mA

DC 05-XLT

[V] [mA]

Functional

compatible to

pQ 03


regulator PWM






Setpoint input

(switchable)


HERION

7502961

[mA][V]

Type of connection

Connecting

cable, 2 m

Connector acc. to

DIN 43651

Weight

[kg]


information,

see

script

0 ... 10

0 ... 10

0 (4)...20

0 (4)...20

�

�

�

�

5980085

59800811)

0,18

0,18




regulator PWM







to EN 50022

Setpoint input

(switchable)


7503109

[mA] [mA][V]


0 ... 10 0 (4)...20 0 ... 1600 / 2400 5980126

Air Cylinders Type LPAfor Ram WeightCompensationSingle acting, pull stroke versionDia. 100 to 500 mm

PN [pmax.] = 16 bar 1) 7503155.06.01.07



Tel.: +49 (0) 70 33/30 18-0

Fax: +49 (0) 70 33/30 18-10


[email protected]

Features Materials 2)

Flanges 4) Aluminium

Tube - Piston dia. 100 to 200 mmAnodized aluminium

- Piston dia. 250 to 500 mmSteel, honed inside,surface varnished

Piston rod - Piston dia. 100 to 500 mmHardened steel, hardchromium plated

Tie rods - Piston dia. 100 to 200 mmStainless steel

- Piston dia. 250 to 500 mmSteel, varnished

Tie rod nuts Steel

Seals Perbunan/Polyurethane

Other materials On request

• Grease chamber - Lubrication of dynamic seal

• Piston velocity up to max. 0.8 m/sec.

• Long service life, traveling performance approx.20000 km 3)

• Continuous diameter graduation from 100 through500 mm. Further diameters on request

• Stroke length according to customer’s specification

• Tie rod type cylinder

• Optionally available in push stroke version, single-acting

Mounting: See characteristic data

Line connection: Internal thread,DIN ISO 228/1

Mounting position: Vertical

Cushioning: Without

Fluid: Filtered air

Temperature range: - 20 oC to + 80 oC

Operating pressure: Max. 16 bar 1)

Description

1) Versions with higher pressures available on request

2) Other materials available on request

3) The statement is valid under the following preconditions:- Application in closed rooms- Ambient temperature from 0 to 40 oC- No lateral forces exerted on piston rod- Speed ≤ 0.5 m/s

4) Design with spherical pivot bearing,piston dia. 250 to 500 mm, rear flange steel


Stroke tolerances [mm]

Characteristic data

Example of order: LPA cylinder, 500 mm (dia.) x 150 mm (stroke), basic design.

Basic number Basic design Stroke length

Order No.: 43 170 18 150

Different versionsBasic No.

100

125

160

200

250

320

400

500

25

30

32

40

40

50

63

80

2 x G 3/4

2 x G 3/4

2 x G 1

2 x G 1 1/4

2 x G 1 1/4

2 x G 1 1/2

2 x G 1 1/2

2 x G 2

43 170

43 170

43 170

43 170

43 170

43 170

43 170

43 170

73.63

115.65

193.02

301.59

478.30

784.61

1225.46

1913.23

10

11

12

13

14

15

16

18

34

35

36

37

-

-

-

-

30

31

32

33

-

-

-

-

20

21

22

23

24

25

26

28

Piston dia[mm]

Piston roddia.[mm]

Lineconnectionin headend

Annulararea ofpiston[cm2]

Basicdesign

Cap endflange

Head endflange

Sphericalpivotbearing

Piston dia. Stroke ≤ 500 Stroke > 500 to 1250

100

125 -320

400 -500

100

125 -250

320 -500

±1.6

±2

±2.5

+2.50

+40

+60

+40

+50

+70

Over-all tolerances [mm]

Piston dia. Dimensions like ZB, ZF, ZJ, XN (see Page 3)


Dimensional drawings and tables [in mm]

Piston dia. 100 to 200

Basic design

BG

17

17

23

27

E

116

140

180

220

EE

G 3/4

G 3/4

G 1

G 1 1/4

EP

18

22

25

25

EX LT MF Dia.MM MS PL

25

31

37

37

Dia.FB

14

16

18

22

KK

M20x1.5

M24x2

M27x2

M27x2

16

16

20

20

25

30

32

40

28

35

42

42

20

20

24

30

R

75

90

115

135

Dia.CX

20

25

30

30

100

125

160

200

Tolerance

Piston dia.

d11 H8 -1 -0.1 H13 6g ±0.2 h9 JS14±0.5

34

39

53

53

Dia.AA

120

150

190

232

AM

40

48

54

54

Dia.B

55

60

80

80

UF

180

222

278

318

VD

20

20

25

25

W

20

20

25

25

WH

36

36

45

45

XN ZF Dia. d4 Dia. d9 l11 l12

199

210

249

284

Z [o]

10

10

10

10

ZB

160

165

194

225

107

132

170

210

33

33

40

50

170

176

209

240

40

40

48

60

l13

120

140

180

235

VA

4

5

5

5

100

125

160

200

Tolerance

Piston dia.

JS14 * max. * * +0.46H

40

40

48

60

RT

M10

M10

M12

M14

SW

22

24

30

32

TF

150

180

230

270

Mounting flange for cap end/head end Pivot bearing, spherical

* For tolerances, see Page 2

ZB + Stroke

ZF + Stroke XN + Stroke

View “A”


Dimensional drawings and tables [in mm]


Basic design

BG

24

24

30

42

Dia. D EE

320

395

485

620

G 1 1/4

G 1 1/2

G 1 1/2

G 2

EP KK Dia. MMLT

30

40

50

65

40

50

63

80

EX

85

100

115

150

M33 x 2

M42 x 2

M48 x 2

M64 x 3

MS

50

60

70

90

Dia. CX

40

50

63

80

250

320

400

500

Tolerance

Piston dia.

H8 -1 6g±0.3 f7±0.5

40

50

63

80

Dia. AA

285

360

445

560

AM

65

70

80

100

SW

32

41

50

65

XN ZJ

320

370

400

500

232

270

285

350

Z [o] l2 l12l11

4

4

4

4

262

336

419

521

Dia. d4

65

75

75

85

15

15

18

25

WH

25

30

35

40

250

320

400

500

Tolerance

Piston dia.

* * max.6H

52

60

60

75

PL

34

37.5

37.5

42.5

RT

M16

M16

M20

M30

Pivot bearing, spherical

* For tolerances, see Page 2

ZJ + Stroke

View “A”

XN + StrokeView “A”


Sectional drawings



1 Cylinder tube2 Head end3 Cap end4 Piston rod

19 Tie rod12 Nut16 Nut17 Bush

* 18 Piston* 20 Seal* 21 O-ring* 22 Seal

34 Disc35 Disc

* 38 Grease

1 Cylinder tube2 Head end3 Cap end4 Piston rod5 Bush6 Piston

17 Disc18 Screw19 Screw10 Nut11 Tie rod12 Nut

* 21 O-ring* 22 O-ring* 23 Seal* 24 Seal* 25 Guide strip* 26 Grease 3)

* 28 Piston rod wiper(dia. 500 mm only)

All parts marked with an asterisk * are enclosed in the respective spare parts kit.When ordering other parts, please state all data contained in type plate (Order No., date of delivery, etc.)

Spare parts kits1)

Piston dia.(mm)

Kit Order No. Tightening torque,lubricated, Item 12 2)

100

125

160

200

1114300111430111143021114303

20 Nm

28 Nm

50 Nm

80 Nm

Piston dia.(mm)

Kit Order No. Tightening torque,lubricated, Item 12 2)

250

320

400

500

1114304111430511143061114308

175 Nm

175 Nm

150 Nm

350 Nm

1) After replacement of wearing parts, the grease chambers of the headend and the piston must be refilled with grease in addition to theroutine lubrication of the sealing surfaces. The grease required isenclosed in the respective spare parts kit.

2) With long strokes, identical distances between cylinder tube and tierods must be ensured. Alternately tighten, a little at a time, two tie rodnuts across from each other. Then tighten to full torque given in table.

3) The grease (Centoplex GLP 500, manufactured by Klüber) for greasechamber of cylinder piston/dia. 250 to 500 mm, is furnishedseparately. Prior to commissioning, fill up required quantity at ltem 9.The grease chamber is to be checked every 3 months (Item 9).


Accessories

Nut for piston rod

Version up to piston dia. 450 mm

Rod eye, spherical

Versions with piston dia. 100 mm and 125 mm(connecting dimensions acc. to CETOP RP 103 P and ISO 8140)

Versions from piston dia. 160 mm up(connecting dimensions acc. to CETOP)

Version with piston dia. 500 mm

KW2

10

12

13,5

16,5

16

18

Cat. No.

1106269

1107965

1106270

1150829

1100514

1100515

1150830

Weight[kg]

0.040

0.070

0.101

0.167

0.278

0.426

100

125

160, 200

250

320

400

500

Tolerance

KKPistondia.

M20 x 1,5

M24 x 2

M27 x 2

M33 x 2

M42 x 2

M48 x 2

M64 x 3 see drawing

KV2

30

36

41

50

65

75

EF

25

30

35

44.5

54

66

84

EU

18

22

27

32

40

52

66

KK

M20 x 1,5

M24 x 2

M27 x 2

M33 x 2

M42 x 2

M48 x 2

M64 x 3

LF

26

30

32

41

50

62

78

SW1 l39 l40 l41 Weight[kg]

30

36

-

-

-

-

-

Diad23

24.3

29.6

37

46

57

71.5

91

Diad24

34

42

-

-

-

-

-

-

-

66

80

96

114

148

10

12

-

-

-

-

-

-

-

38

47

58

70

90

EN

25

31

32

40

50

63

80

100

125

160, 200

250

320

400

500

Tolerance

Pistondia.

H7 h12 6H

AX

33

42

37

46

57

64

86

CH

77

94

80

97

120

140

180

Dia.CN

20

25

32

40

50

63

80

Material: Steel

Cat. No.

4315410

4315411

4329103

4329104

4329105

4329106

4329107

0.39

0.66

1.10

2.05

4.45

7.60

14.5

Material: Galvanized steel

Cone head DIN 71412 Tightening screws

hydraulika herion sytemtechnik norgern

Documents

longitudinal

proportionalpressure

pressure difference

socket head

10as intermediate

knob fully

proportionalpressure

firmly adjustable